Quarterlytics / Riversgold Limited

Riversgold Limited

rgl · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker rgl
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Riversgold Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2019Contents

Overview
About Us 
Headlines 
At a Glance  
A Year in Review  

Strategic Report
Chairman’s Statement  
Investment Strategy and Business Model 
Asset and Investment Managers’ Report 
   Property Portfolio 
   Environmental Matters 
Financial Review 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Management Arrangements 
Other Information 

Corporate Governance
Board of Directors  
Report of the Directors  
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Audit Committee Report 
Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Appendix: Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements  

Financial Statements
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Additional Information
EPRA Performance Measures 
Notes to the Calculation of EPRA Performance Measures 
Glossary of Terms 
AIFMD Disclosure 
Company Information 
Forthcoming Events 
Shareholder Information 
Dividend History 

2
4
7
8

12
16
22
27
42
44
50
57
60

64
66
73
74
82
86
88
90
94

96
97
98
99
100

136
137
140
142
143
144
144
145

Cover photo: 2 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh Park, Edinburgh

1

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Overview

About Us
Regional REIT Limited (“Regional REIT” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries1 (the “Group”) is a 
United Kingdom (“UK”) based real estate investment trust that launched in November 2015. It is 
managed by London & Scottish Property Investment Management Limited2, the Asset Manager, 
and Toscafund Asset Management LLP (“Toscafund”), the Investment Manager (together the 
“Managers”). 

Regional REIT’s commercial property portfolio is comprised wholly of UK assets and comprises, 
predominantly, offices and industrial units located in the regional centres outside of the M25 
motorway. The portfolio is highly diversified, with 160 properties, 1,251 units and 904 tenants as 
at 31 December 2019, with a valuation of £787.9m. 

Regional REIT pursues its investment objective by investing in, actively managing and disposing of 
regional Core Property and Core Plus Property assets. It aims to deliver an attractive total return 
to its Shareholders, targeting greater than 10% per annum (“pa”), with a strong focus on income 
supported by additional capital growth prospects.

For more information, visit the Group’s website at www.regionalreit.com.

Our Purpose 
The purpose of the Company 
is to deliver long-term 
returns for Shareholders 
with income generated from 
investment in UK commercial 
property outside of the M25 
motorway.

Our Values
• 

Integrity, reliability and 
good governance

• 

• 

Fostering collaborative 
long-term relationships

Focus on opportunities 
and challenges

•  Openness and 

transparency

Our Culture 
•  Openness, transparency 

and integrity

• 

• 

Constructive debate and 
relationships

Collaborative 
atmosphere 

•  Ongoing dialogue 

and engagement with 
stakeholders

For more details on the Company’s values, culture and strategy, please refer to pages 18 to 20 and 61.

European Public Real Estate Association ("EPRA") Gold Award

The Company was pleased to be recognised by the EPRA for a second 
year and be granted its first EPRA BPR Gold Award in respect of 
the Company’s exceptional compliance with EPRA’s Best Practice 
Recommendations for financial reporting of listed property companies.

O

F

F

I

C

E

:

C

o

l

u

m

b

u

s

H

o

u

s

e

, 

C

o

v

e

n

tr
y

1  Regional REIT Limited is the parent Company of a number of subsidiaries which together comprise a group within the definition of The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as amended (the 
“Law”) and the International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 10, ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as 
adopted by the European Union ("EU”). Unless otherwise stated, the text of this Annual Report does not distinguish between the activities of the Company and those of its subsidiaries.

2  Following an internal restructure at London and Scottish Investments Limited, the Asset Manager agreement has been assigned to London and Scottish Property Investment Management 
Limited (“LSPIM”).

2

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
What is a REIT?
A real estate investment trust (“REIT”) is a specialist tax-efficient 
investment vehicle built around real property assets, most 
specifically property rental/letting activities. REITs are quoted 
companies, or groups of companies, that own and manage property 
with the aim of generating a rental income. The rental income, after 
costs, is paid to Shareholders as a dividend distribution so that, 
over time, dividends will represent a significant proportion of the 
Shareholders’ total return. REITs are a well-established and globally 
recognised holding structure for property assets.

UK REITs are exempt from UK corporation tax on profits and gains of 
their qualifying property rental business. However, in consequence, 
UK REITs are required to distribute a minimum of 90% of their 
qualifying profits to Shareholders as dividends (known as property 
income distributions, or “PIDs”). As Shareholders receive higher 
pay-outs than they would if the REIT were subject to UK corporation 
tax on its property profits and gains, Shareholders are thus required 
to pay tax on the PIDs. The effect, in general terms, is that taxation 
is moved from the REIT to the investor and the investor is then liable 
for taxation as if they owned the property directly.

Regional REIT Limited and its subsidiaries are a United Kingdom 
REIT group under UK tax legislation, having elected to enter the REIT 
regime with effect from 7 November 2015. Remaining in the regime 
is subject to meeting various conditions imposed by the legislation.

ISA, SSAS and SIPP Status
The Company’s shares should be eligible to be held in an Individual 
Savings Account (“ISA”).

Subject to the rules of the trustees of the relevant scheme, the 
Ordinary Shares should generally be eligible for inclusion in a small 
self-administered scheme (“SSAS”) or self-invested personal pension 
(“SIPP”) provided: (a) no member of the SSAS or SIPP (or person 
connected with such a member) occupies or uses any residential 
property held by the Group; and (b) the SSAS or SIPP, alone or 
together with one or more associated persons, does not directly or 
indirectly hold 10% or more of any of the Ordinary Shares, voting 
rights in the Company, rights to income of the Company, rights to 
amounts on a distribution of the Company or rights to assets on a 
winding up of the Company.

O

F

F

I

C

E

:

C

o

l

u

m

b

u

s

H

o

u

s

e

, 

C

o

v

e

n

tr

y

a r k, B asildon

INDUSTRIALS:   J u n i p e

r   P

R
E
T
A

I

L

/

O

T

H

E

R: The Brunel C e n t

r

e , Bletchley

3

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
Headlines

Financial Highlights
Income focused – opportunistic buying and strategic selling, coupled with intensive asset  
management, continues to secure long-term income

112.1p
IFRS NAV per share 

8.25p
Dividend per share

3.5%
Weighted Average
 Cost of Debt*

£787.9m
Portfolio Valuation

112.7p
EPRA NAV per share

38.9%
Net Loan to 
Value Ratio*

7.3 years
Weighted Average
Debt Duration*

Operational Highlights
Deliberately diversified portfolio by location and tenant – regions remain strong

Portfolio by region and 
sector (by value)

1,251
Units

£64.3m
Rent Roll

93.6%
Office & Industrial

89.4%
Active management 
building occupancy 
by EPRA ERV*

5.5 years
WAULT to expiry

13
Number of properties

3
Number of properties

160
Properties

904
Tenants

82.0%
England & Wales

£87.1m
Property acquisitions
 (before costs)

£24.3m
Property disposal
proceeds (net of costs)

3.5 years
WAULT to first break

*  Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms on pages 140 and 141 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 136 to 139.

4

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Performance Highlights
The high dividend distributions are a major component of the total return

Dividends declared per share: 

EPRA

8.05p
2018

7.65p
2016

43.0%
EPRA Total Return
attributable to
Shareholders since
Admission

8.25p
2019

7.85p
2017

1.00p
2015

# Admission: 6 November 2015 
Member of FTSE All-Share Index since March 2016
Member of FTSE EPRA NAREIT UK Index since June 2016

12.7%
EPRA NAV increase
since Admission#
(Admission: 100p)

9.0%
EPRA Annual Total
Return attributable
to Shareholders*

Total EPRA Return* (from IPO) (EPRA NAV and dividend declared)

43.0%

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

e
c
n
e
P

150
145
140
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95

IPO November 2015 December 2015

December 2016

December 2017

December 2018

December 2019

^ Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms on pages 140 and 141 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 136 to 139

Terms are defined in the Glossary of Terms on pages 140 and 141.

5

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
Property Name: Tay House, Glasgow
Sector: Office

At a Glance

EPRA-Eps-Adj^ diluted (p)

7.8p +4%

Reported Profit (£m)

£26.5m -61%

Net Rental Income (£m)

£55.0m +1%

^excluding performance fee

2019

2018

2017

7.8

7.5

8.6

2019

2018

2017

26.5

27.1

67.4

2019

2018

2017

45.8

55.0

54.4

WADD* (years)

7.3yrs +14%

Net LTV* (%)

38.9% +2%

WACD* (%)

3.5% -8%

2019

2018

2017

7.3

6.4

6.0

2019

2018

2017

38.9

38.3

2019

3.5

2018

2017

45.0

3.8

3.8

EPRA NAV – diluted* (pps)

112.7p -2%

Average Property Value (£m)

£4.9m +3%

EPRA Occupancy* (%)

89.4% 0%

2019

2018

2017

112.7

115.5

105.9

2019

2018

2017

4.9

2019

N/A

4.8

4.5

2018

2017

88.2

89.4

89.4

Number of Properties

160 +7%

Tenants

904 +3%

Units

1,251 +5%

2019

2018

2017

150

160

164

2019

2018

2017

904

874

1,026

2019

2018

2017

1,251

1,192

1,368

Rent Roll (£m)

£64.3m +8%

WAULT to first break (years)

3.5yrs +3%

Average rent psf (£)

£10.17 +8%

2019

2018

2017

64.3

59.7

61.9

2019

2018

2017

3.4

3.5

3.5

2019

2018

2017

10.17

9.40

8.18

IFRS Eps diluted (p)

6.6p -64%

Dividend per share (p)

£8.25p +2%

IFRS NAV diluted (pps)

112.1p -3%

2019

2018

2017

6.6

9.1

18.1

2019

2018

2017

8.25

8.05

7.85

2019

2018

2017

105.1

112.1

115.2

* Alternative Performance Measures. Details are provided in the Glossary of Terms on pages 140 and 141 and the EPRA Performance Measures on pages 136 to 139.

Terms are defined in the Glossary of Terms on pages 140 and 141.

7

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019A Year in Review

  H o use, Birmingha

m

o rf o l k

N

e   C r e s cent, Birmingha

m

h

0  T

2 8 0

e o n   L uxe, Dundee

O d

8

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019PORTFOLIOKEYACQUISITIONSKEYDISPOSALSDIVIDENDSKEYLETTINGS /REFURBISHMENTSDEBT / EQUITY2020Properties:Units:Tenants:Portfolio:Rent roll:LTV:Amount:Description:Net initial yield:Rent:Location:Area:Description:Amount:Location:Description:Amount:Description:Amount:Period:30 Jun1491,178828£721.7m£57.8m pa39.9%30 Sep1561,224864£749.7m£60.2m pa34.2%21 Jan£555,000Leeds & Coventry40,717 sq. ft.Office lettings9 Jan£39.9m6.5% Zero DividendPreference Shares repaid6 & 7 Jun £19.9mSheffield & Beverlynet initial yieldof 6.8%, 10.2% upliftagainst Dec 18 valuation15 May£737,600Dundee,Odeon Luxelease extended to 203519 Jul£62.5mSuccessful equitycapital raise at106.5 pence per share20 JunRefinancing £121m£66m 10yr Santander£55m 5yr RBS18 Oct£27.7m4 multi-let offices8.7%25 Nov£211,6003200 Thorpe Park,Leeds10,550 sq. ft.10yr lease27 Nov£775,000Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh42,612 sq. ft.15.7% ahead of previouspassing rent14 Aug£320,000Colwick, Nottingham82,380 sq. ft.Industrial park29 Aug1.90pQ2 201914 Nov1.90pQ3 201921 Feb2.50pQ4 201823 May1.90pQ1 201931 Dec 20181501,192874£718.4m£59.7m pa38.3%31 Mar1511,223884£741.0m£60.5m pa40.0%31 Dec1601,251904£787.9£64.3m38.9%4 Feb£20.0m1 office; 12 smallretail units7.9%21 Aug£25.9m6 offices8.87%20 Feb£293,8322800, The CrescentBusiness Park13,356 sq. ft.10yr officelettings8 Nov£240,800Juniper Park, Basildon30,100 sq. ft.5yr letting; 30% upliftfrom previous tenancy20199 Oct£370,000Juniper Park, Basildon61,079 sq. ft.5yr letting; 15.4% upliftfrom previous tenancy31 Dec£10.3m1 office8.00%C e n t u r y   W a y ,  Thorpe Park, Lee

d

s

i p e r   Park, Basildon

n

J u

S al a m a n d e r  Quay, Harefi eld

9

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019PORTFOLIOKEYACQUISITIONSKEYDISPOSALSDIVIDENDSKEYLETTINGS /REFURBISHMENTSDEBT / EQUITY2020Properties:Units:Tenants:Portfolio:Rent roll:LTV:Amount:Description:Net initial yield:Rent:Location:Area:Description:Amount:Location:Description:Amount:Description:Amount:Period:30 Jun1491,178828£721.7m£57.8m pa39.9%30 Sep1561,224864£749.7m£60.2m pa34.2%21 Jan£555,000Leeds & Coventry40,717 sq. ft.Office lettings9 Jan£39.9m6.5% Zero DividendPreference Shares repaid6 & 7 Jun £19.9mSheffield & Beverlynet initial yieldof 6.8%, 10.2% upliftagainst Dec 18 valuation15 May£737,600Dundee,Odeon Luxelease extended to 203519 Jul£62.5mSuccessful equitycapital raise at106.5 pence per share20 JunRefinancing £121m£66m 10yr Santander£55m 5yr RBS18 Oct£27.7m4 multi-let offices8.7%25 Nov£211,6003200 Thorpe Park,Leeds10,550 sq. ft.10yr lease27 Nov£775,000Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh42,612 sq. ft.15.7% ahead of previouspassing rent14 Aug£320,000Colwick, Nottingham82,380 sq. ft.Industrial park29 Aug1.90pQ2 201914 Nov1.90pQ3 201921 Feb2.50pQ4 201823 May1.90pQ1 201931 Dec 20181501,192874£718.4m£59.7m pa38.3%31 Mar1511,223884£741.0m£60.5m pa40.0%31 Dec1601,251904£787.9£64.3m38.9%4 Feb£20.0m1 office; 12 smallretail units7.9%21 Aug£25.9m6 offices8.87%20 Feb£293,8322800, The CrescentBusiness Park13,356 sq. ft.10yr officelettings8 Nov£240,800Juniper Park, Basildon30,100 sq. ft.5yr letting; 30% upliftfrom previous tenancy20199 Oct£370,000Juniper Park, Basildon61,079 sq. ft.5yr letting; 15.4% upliftfrom previous tenancy31 Dec£10.3m1 office8.00%High dividend distribution UK REIT, offering 
exposure to the regional commercial property 
market, with active management by an 
experienced asset manager. 

High dividend distribution UK REIT, offering 
exposure to the regional commercial property 
market, with active management by an 
experienced asset manager. 

Chairman’s Statement

The Chairman’s Statement forms part of the Strategic Report and covers the year ended 31 December 2019.

“This was another good year for Regional REIT, marking four years 
since our IPO and representing a step change in the growth of the 
Group with the successful oversubscribed equity capital raise in July 
2019. In addition, we continued to deliver to our Shareholders a 
sector-leading dividend that we increased again by a further c. 2.5%. 

In line with our strategic objectives, our unique, integrated, 
proactive asset management platform continued to manage our 
regionally diverse portfolio on a granular level. This ensured that 
we delivered the bespoke and high-quality environments our 
tenants expect, resulting in robust occupancy, increased tenant 
renewals, increased rent roll, and increased WAULT to expiry. 

Whilst the economic and geopolitical backdrop remained uncertain, 
we responded to both market opportunities and challenges 
and continued to focus on activities that create value for our 
Shareholders and deliver a regular source of robust income."

Kevin McGrath 
Chairman

8.25pp 
Attractive 2019  
Dividend  
(2018: 8.05pps)

7.3% Yield 
Attractive Dividend  
Yield of 7.3% as at 
31 December 2019

Total EPRA Return 
43.0% from  
inception to 
31 December 2019

As I write my Chairman’s Statement, 
and before I comment on the Company’s 
progress and growth during 2019, the 
world’s focus is on COVID-19 and its impact 
on business and day to day life. I want to 
assure our Shareholders that the Board is 
monitoring the impact of the COVID-19 
virus on the Group. Further details are given 
below. 

I am pleased to report that the Group had 
another very active year and continued to 
achieve positive growth, with investment 
properties under management increasing 
significantly by 9.7% to £787.9m. The EPRA 
company adjusted diluted earnings per share 
was 7.8 pence per share (“pps”) (2018: 
7.5pps). IFRS earnings were 6.6pps (2018: 
18.1pps) with the recycling of the 2018 
disposal funds into assets which are 

currently undergoing our intensive asset 
management initiatives. The total dividend 
for the year of 8.25pps, is an increase of  
c. 2.5% on the 8.05pps dividend for 2018. 
We continued to work closely with our 
tenants via our distinctive offering of 
integrated asset, property and finance 
teams, ensuring we have supportive tenants, 
which added value to both rental income 
and capital appreciation. 

“The total dividend for 
the year of 8.25pps, is 
an increase of c. 2.5% 
on the 8.05pps dividend 
for 2018.” 

12

Our priorities were to maintain occupancy 
levels, continue to provide vibrant spaces in 
which our tenants can thrive, and increase 
our diversification by tenant profile and 
geography, whilst seizing considerable 
ongoing anticipated opportunities from 
the challenging commercial property 
market. EPRA occupancy rates remained 
robust at 89.4% (2018: 89.4%), rent roll 
increased to £64.3m (2018: £59.7m), and 
WAULT to expiry increased to 5.5 years 
(2018: 5.4 years). These are encouraging 
achievements.

During the year, the Group acquired 
properties with an aggregate value of £87.1m, 
before costs, which was in part funded by the 
successfully oversubscribed £62.5m equity 
capital raise undertaken in July 2019. This 
funding enabled us to make opportunistic 

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019off-market aggregate property acquisitions 
of £63.9m (before costs), which further 
diversified the portfolio not only by property, 
but also by tenant. In addition, we continued 
our portfolio enhancement programme, 
with disposals amounting to £24.3m (net of 
costs), and our rolling capital expenditure 
programme amounted to £8.0m.

Furthermore, our debt profile continues to 
be rationalised with the settlement of the 
£39.9m 6.5% Zero Dividend Preference 
Shares (“ZDPs”) issued by the Company’s 
indirect subsidiary, Regional REIT ZDP Plc, 
which matured on 9 January 2019, coupled 
with the £121m refinancing in June 2019. 
These successful initiatives resulted in a 
reduction in the Group’s WACD, including 
hedging costs, to c.3.5% at 31 December 
2019 (31 December 2018: 3.8%), and a 
weighted average debt duration of 7.3 years 
(31 December 2018: 6.4 years).

The Group’s overall net borrowings were 
38.9% of gross investment properties as 
at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 
38.3%) and below the Company’s target 
ratio of approximately 40%. 

The combination of all of this positive 
momentum, together with our diverse 
portfolio and experienced management 
team, has ensured that the Group remains 
well positioned for the next stage of its 
development and to continue to effectively 
execute our proven business model.

Market Environment
Following muted investment at the 
beginning of 2019, the UK regions outside of 
London attracted £4.9 billion of investment 
during the final quarter of 2019 – equal to 
the five-year quarterly average. This brought 
investment in the second half of 2019 to 
£10.2 billion, 34% higher than the first half 
of 2019. Annual investment in the regional 
markets reached £17.9 billion in 2019.

“Annual investment in 
the regional markets 
reached £17.9 billion  
in 2019.” 

Overseas investment in the UK property 
markets accounted for almost half (48%) of 
total investment in 2019 according to data 
from CoStar3. Furthermore, CoStar estimate 
that total overseas investment for 2019 
reached £21.3 billion, 6% higher than the 
10-year average.

Regional offices have outperformed in 
comparison to central London offices, 
delivering superior total returns of 8.6% in 
2019 in comparison to central London office 
returns of 5.8% – a trend that has been 
witnessed over the past four years. 

Dividends
The dividend is the major component of 
total Shareholder returns. Over the period 
under review, the Company declared total 
dividends of 8.25pps for the year, comprising 
three quarterly dividends of 1.90pps each, 
and a fourth quarterly dividend of 2.55pps, 
an increase of c.2.5% on the previous year’s 
total dividend. This represented a yield of 
7.3% at a share price of 113.2p at the close 
of 31 December 2019. Since inception, 
the Company has distributed dividends 
amounting to 30.25pps. 

Performance
The EPRA Total Accounting Return 
performance since listing on 6 November 
2015 amounted to 43.0%, and an annualised 
EPRA Total Accounting Return of 9.0%.

The Company’s Total Shareholder Return of 
32.5% for 2019 outperformed the FTSE EPRA 
NAREIT UK Index Total Return of 30.6%. 
Since inception, the Total Shareholder Return 
was 52.2% vs 12.5% for the FTSE EPRA 
NAREIT UK Index.

In accordance with the management 
arrangements, the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager are each entitled to 
a 50% share of a performance fee of 15% 
of the Total EPRA Accounting Return in 
excess of an annual hurdle rate of 8%. A 
performance fee did not crystallise for the 
period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 
2019. Further details of the performance fee 
can be found on page 58.

Management Agreements
The management agreements between 
the Company, the Asset Manager and the 
Investment Manager, entered into when 
the Company listed, had a five-year term 
to November 2020. In view of the strong 
returns of the Company, the significant 
increase in its size and there being less than 
one year to expiry of the current agreement, 
the Board sought to secure the services of 
the Managers. In doing so, the Management 
Engagement and Remuneration Committee 
conducted a review to ensure that the 
terms of these agreements remained 
appropriate. The Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee sought advice 
from Peel Hunt LLP, the Company’s Financial 
Adviser and Broker, and Macfarlanes LLP, 
the Company’s Legal Adviser. Following 
this review, which included comparisons of 
Shareholder returns against those of its peer 
group and consideration of the interests of 
the Company and the respective Managers, 
the Company and the Managers each agreed 
to waive their right to issue a termination 
notice on or before 3 November 2020 
and the management agreement will now 
continue in force until 3 November 2023.

Shareholder and Stakeholder 
Engagement
Ultimately, the experience of our tenants 
and other stakeholders will influence our 
performance. Our aim is to continue to 
offer great workspaces and environments 
to businesses throughout their lifecycle, 
from a start-up in a small flexible unit 
to a landmark corporate headquarters. 
Direct engagement with our tenants is an 
important part of our asset management 
initiatives, to help us understand their needs 
and identify opportunities and challenges. 
We encourage our tenants to work openly 
and collaboratively with us to enable us 
to continually improve our workspaces 
and deliver mutual benefit. Likewise, we 
encourage this with our stakeholders to 
ensure we can continually improve our 
operations.

The Company has continued to develop 
its relations with investors. The Company’s 
website can be found at www.regionalreit.com. 

3 CoStar, Investment Volumes, Q4 2019

13

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Chairman’s Statement (continued)

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s 2020 Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) was due to be held on 
Thursday, 21 May 2020. In accordance with 
the Company’s Articles of Incorporation 
(the “Articles”) and given the COVID-19 
situation, in particular the compulsory 
measures (the Stay at Home Measures) 
published by the Government on 23 March 
2020 prohibiting public gatherings of more 
than two people, the Board has made the 
decision to postpone the Company’s 2020 
AGM. Notice of a revised time and date 
for the 2020 AGM will be published on our 
website (www.regionalreit.com) and, where 
appropriate, by RNS announcement as soon 
as practicable. In due course, a notice of AGM 
will be circulated in accordance with the 
requirements of the Company’s Articles. 

"We are going paperless"

The Company is cognisant of its 
environmental impact and at the 2020 
AGM will be seeking approval to implement 
electronic communications. Further details 
regarding this will be set out in the Company’s 
Notice of AGM, which will be circulated in 
due course. I encourage all Shareholders 
to consider this proposal. We will also be 
removing paper proxies at the 2020 AGM 
from our voting process in favour of a quicker 
and more secure method of voting online 
via our registrar’s website. You can, however, 
request a paper proxy if you wish from our 
registrars at the appropriate time. 

Subsequent Events and 
COVID-19
The wellbeing of our tenants and other 
stakeholders in the Company are of utmost 
importance to the Board and we continue 
to manage the Company, cognisant of their 
needs in this current environment. 

On 20 February 2020, the Company 
announced a potential equity fundraise to 
take advantage of its growing near-term 
pipeline of accretive growth. As a result of 
the current market uncertainty caused by 
the global spread of COVID-19, the Company 
took the decision to withdraw the potential 
equity fundraise. 

On 31 March 2020, and in view of the  
COVID-19 disruption to UK economic 
activity, the Company announced a trading 
update. The rental collections were slightly 
reduced as at 30 March 2020, with 68.2% 
of invoiced rental income collected in 
comparison with 69.6% at the same date 
in 2019. In addition, £30.7m of available 
borrowing headroom from the Santander 
UK and Royal Bank of Scotland facilities had 
been drawn.

The Board will continue to closely monitor 
the developing situation and its effect on the 
Group, although the Board is re-assured by 
the Company’s balance sheet, the breadth 
of tenants and geographical spread of 
assets, which will ensure it is well positioned 
to mitigate any prolonged periods of 
uncertainty.

Outlook
Subject to the above, the outlook for 
the Group is positive and the Board is 
encouraged by the Asset Manager’s ability to 
secure attractive assets in regional locations 
which will support the Company’s  
long-term return prospects. For the 
remainder of 2020, the Group is confident 
of maintaining the momentum of the 
asset management initiatives, which 
should continue to deliver income for our 
Shareholders. 

We remain mindful of the backdrop of 
economic uncertainty, market cycles and 
tenant requirements in a structurally 
evolving property market, which will 
inevitably be impacted by COVID-19. 
However, our confidence for the long term 
is underpinned by the Group’s focus on asset 
management initiatives that increase the 
number, quality and quantum of income 
streams, coupled with an ever-broadening 
Shareholder base and strengthened balance 
sheet.

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

8 April 2020

14

www.regionalreit.com

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: Templeton on the Green, Glasgow
Sector: Office

Investment Strategy and Business Model

The Group will invest in, actively manage and dispose of offices and industrial properties – or debt portfolios secured on such properties – 
located predominantly in the regional centres of the UK.

Investment Strategy 
The Group aims to acquire a portfolio of 
interests that, together, offers Shareholders a 
diversification of investment risk, by investing in 
a range of geographical areas and sectors across 
a number of assets and tenants and through letting properties, 
where possible, to low-risk tenants. 

The Group will use gearing, borrowings and other sources of 
leverage to implement its investment strategy and enhance 
equity returns.

Investment Objectives
The Investment Objective of the Company is to 
deliver an attractive total return to Shareholders 
of greater than 10% per annum, with a strong 
focus on income from investing in UK commercial 
property, predominantly in the office and industrial sectors in 
major regional centres and urban areas outside of the  
M25 motorway.

Borrowings
The Group targets a ratio of net borrowings to 
Gross Investment Properties Value of 40% over 
the longer term, with a maximum limit of 50%. 

Investment Policy 
The Group will invest in office and light industrial 
properties that are situated in the UK and outside 
of the M25 motorway. 

The Group may also invest in property portfolios 
in which up to 50% of the properties (by market value) are 
situated inside the M25 motorway. 

In the ordinary course of business, no single property will exceed 
10% of the Group’s Gross Investment Properties Value at the 
time of the investment; exceptionally, the Board may consider 
taking this up to 20%. 

The normal minimum value for a single property investment is 
£5m, except where an asset is within a portfolio of properties 
for which there shall be no such minimum. 

No more than 20% of the Gross Investment Properties Value 
shall be exposed to any one tenant or group undertaking of that 
tenant. 

Speculative development (properties under construction, 
but excluding refurbishment, which have not been pre-let) is 
prohibited. Any other development is restricted to an aggregate 
maximum of 15% of Gross Investment Properties Value at 
investment or commencement. 

16

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019BORROWINGSROOWWININVESTMENTSTRATEGYTRVEMEEGESTMRATEOBJECTIVESINVESTMENTPOLICY17

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019BusinessModelRegions remainstrongDiversifiedportfolioActivemanagement ofthe propertiesInvesting inincome-producingassetsOpportunisticapproach to the property marketHighlyexperienced assetmanagerInvestment Strategy and Business Model (continued)

Regions Remain Strong

OUR APPROACH

That the “regions remain strong” in UK commercial real estate, believing that capital inflows into the regions 
will grow, the UK domestic economy will continue to remain robust and tenant demand for offices and 
industrial sites will outweigh available supply.

Regional offices have outperformed central London offices, delivering superior returns of 8.6% in 2019 
compared to 5.8% – a trend that has been witnessed over the last four years.

HOW WE ADD VALUE The investment policy focuses on a balanced portfolio of offices and light industrial sites located outside of the 

M25 motorway, broadly based on the region’s economic worth and population mix.

43.0% 
EPRA Total 
Accounting 
Return since 
IPO

The Group seeks to enhance income growth and capital values through the services of the Asset Manager.

The Asset Manager operates through a number of regional offices, implementing a targeted investment policy 
and an individual property asset management plan.

EPRA Total Accounting Return 43.0% since IPO and 9.0% annualised in 2019 (10.6% in 2018).

Opportunistic Approach to the Property Market

OUR APPROACH

A focus on exploiting pricing inefficiencies and mismatches between regional Core and Core Plus and primary 
property yields. 

From such opportunities, the Group will acquire, hold and sell commercial real estate that it believes to be 
mispriced and have good income and capital growth prospects. 

Utilising leverage to build the acquisitions capability of the business.

HOW WE ADD VALUE An opportunistic approach to UK commercial property with recycling of capital from the portfolio refreshment 
programme and aiming to acquire properties where the Group can add value through the expertise of the Asset 
Manager.

£87.1m 
Completed 
acquisitions 
2019

Seeking to build the income growth and capital values of properties, taking undermanaged and underinvested 
properties to being attractive investments to be retained for yield or for disposal.

An established borrower with long-term relationships in place with a number of UK banks. The Group will 
exploit opportunities to improve total returns utilising leverage.

With debt maturing and opportunities to renegotiate existing facilities, the Group aims to reduce its funding 
costs. 

Completed acquisitions in 2019 totalled £87.1m (before costs) and disposals (net of costs) of £24.3m, 
with average net initial yields of c.8.6% and c.6.8% respectively.

During 2019, debt facility payments totalled £59.3m, new borrowings were £22.9m, resulting in total 
borrowings of £344.0m. The average funding cost (including hedging) was 3.5% (2018: 3.8%).

18

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Investing in Income Producing Assets

OUR APPROACH

The Group has a strict set of investment criteria to invest, predominantly, in income producing assets capable 
of delivering an attractive total return to our Shareholders. 

HOW WE ADD VALUE Investment decisions are based on identifying strong underlying fundamentals, including inter alia: prospects 
for future income growth; sector and geographic prospects; lease length; initial and equivalent yields; and the 
potential for active asset management.

£64.3m 
Rent roll 
as at end 
2019

Speculative development strictly limited to refurbishment programmes.

Rent roll of £64.3m as at end 2019 (31 December 2018: £59.7m).

Average rents have increased to £10.17 per sq. ft. (31 December 2018: £9.40 per sq. ft.).

Declared dividends per share of 8.25p for 2019 (8.05p in 2018).

Active Management of the Properties

OUR APPROACH

The Group prides itself on maintaining a close relationship with its tenants and in the intensive granular 
management of its properties, a very hands-on approach. 

Our aim is to provide a consistent approach to improving returns, thereby enhancing the quality of the underlying 
portfolio.

HOW WE ADD VALUE The Asset Manager undertakes all of the principal property management activities in-house and remains close 

to its tenants, with an immediate understanding of their requirements and ensuring better decision-making 
capability.

89.4%  
EPRA  
occupancy

The Asset Manager utilises a range of approaches to each asset, tailoring the project programme for each 
property.

Net capital expenditure of £5.8m in 2019 (£7.0m in 2018); much capital expenditure is recovered 
through dilapidations, service charges or improved property rental income. 

Active and intense asset management maintained robust EPRA occupancy of 89.4%  
(31 December 2018: 89.4%).

19

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Investment Strategy and Business Model (continued)

Diversified Portfolio

OUR APPROACH

A distinctive large and diverse commercial property portfolio.

An approach that diversifies the investment risk of the portfolio and enables better management of the timing 
of lease re-gears, new lettings, geography and sector.

HOW WE ADD VALUE The portfolio consists of offices and light industrial units, geographically well spread across the regions of the 

UK outside of the M25 motorway and with a broad mix of tenants.

160 properties 
1,251 units 
904 tenants

160 properties, 1,251 units and 904 tenants as at 31 December 2019.

The largest single property is only 4.3% of the Gross Investment Properties value and the largest tenant 
only 2.5% of Gross Rental Income.

England & Wales represent 82.0% of the Gross Investment Properties value (31 December 2018: 
82.0%); Scotland represents the remainder. Offices and industrial sites are 93.6% (31 December 2018: 
91.6%). 

Highly Experienced Asset Manager

OUR APPROACH

The Asset Manager has the heritage of a long-established property investment management team. 

HOW WE ADD VALUE The capabilities and track record of the management team, including knowledge, expertise and established 

relationships, provide an important competitive advantage for operating in the fragmented UK regional 
secondary property market.

LSPIM staff 
working on 
Regional REIT

The senior management team of the Asset Manager collectively have over 180 years of property experience, 
with a proven record of creating value.

The Asset Manager grew property rental income for a similar portfolio on a like-for-like basis through 
the 2008-12 recession.

LSPIM is based in Glasgow and has a number of offices around the UK, with 57 employees employed, as 
at 31 December 2019, working on Regional REIT.

20

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: Norfolk House, Birmingham 
Sector: Office

London & Scottish Property Investment Management

Asset and Investment Managers’ Report 

“We are pleased to have performed again for our Shareholders, delivering strong 
dividends and capital growth in 2019. A key component of this total return 
to Shareholders remains our sector-leading dividend income distributed on a 
quarterly basis. It is notable therefore that, as planned, distribution to Shareholders 
increased for the fourth consecutive year and has done so every year since IPO, to 
8.25 pence per share.

The year also marked a considerable milestone in our ongoing ambition to grow 
the Company, marked by a highly successful oversubscribed capital raise of 
£62.5m. Swift deployment of these proceeds into our significant investment 
pipeline helped to contribute to the continued growth in our investment properties 
under management to £787.9m, up 9.7% from £718.4m in 2018. In turn, our 
enlarged portfolio of properties supported a further increase in both the volume of 
our gross rent roll to £64.3m and the diversity of our tenant base to 904 tenants. 

Whilst markets are currently experiencing considerable levels of volatility due to 
COVID-19; we continue to believe that our income-led, defensive and risk-adverse approach to Shareholder returns will 
continue to offer investors the best risk-adjusted income return in the sector. Our market fundamentals remain robust and 
we continue to micro manage the portfolio utilising our unique, sector-leading asset and property management teams to 
assist tenants where possible, on health matters, good practice and also to access all of the assistance available from the 
Government, Bank of England and other banks and local authorities with an absolute focus on everyone’s health and safety 
and on maintaining our income.

It is simply too early to tell what impact COVID-19 will have on the business, but we continue to monitor the situation 
extremely closely and are speaking regularly to our occupiers and to our banks, who remain hugely supportive. It is worth 
noting that we are lowly leveraged, have substantial headroom on bank covenants and that we have a hugely diverse 
portfolio, in terms of number of quality tenants, number of properties, geographic spread of the assets and no large 
exposure to any individual tenant, any individual property and very little exposure to retail and leisure. We also have a very 
broad spectrum of tenants operating across a wide range of sectors. We believe that this is important as it is likely that some 
sectors will be more detrimentally affected than others going forward.

Only a few weeks ago we announced that we were contemplating an equity raise, given the strength and value identified 
in our investment pipeline. It will come as no surprise that we are no longer considering an equity raise at this time and 
indeed we will be making no new acquisitions in the immediate future, focussing instead on conserving existing cash and 
maintaining our rental income for ongoing expenses and dividend distributions, in accordance with the HMRC REIT regime. 

The Company’s continuing focus on income has delivered strong Shareholder returns in 2019, outperforming the FTSE 
NAREIT Index and providing 43.0% EPRA NAV returns to Shareholders since IPO.” 

Stephen Inglis,  
CEO of London & Scottish Property Investment Management, the Asset Manager of Regional REIT Limited

Investment  
properties value  
£787.9m

Rent roll  
£64.3m

22

Tenants  
904

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019HIGHLIGHTS FROM 2019:

£62.5m
10.3%
8.6% 
9.8%
71

Successfully oversubscribed £62.5m equity 
capital raise was undertaken in July 2019.

Disposals during 2019 totalled £24.3m 
(net of costs) achieving an average uplift 
against December 2018 valuation of 10.3%, 
reflecting an average net initial yield of 6.8%.

Acquisitions in 2019 totalled £87.1m (before 
costs) for 13 properties, reflecting an 
average net initial yield of 8.6%.

Lease renewals for office and industrial 
assets during 2019 achieved an uplift in 
gross rental roll of 9.8%.

Completed 71 new lettings in 2019, 
totalling 356,446 sq. ft.; when fully 
occupied, these will provide a gross rental 
income of c.£3.8m.

1.4%
2.2%
8.3%
9.1%

The like-for-like value of the Group's core office 
and industrial segment (93.6% by value) also 
increased in 2019 by 1.4%, after adjusting for capital 
expenditure and disposals during the period.

Improved WAULT (to first break) by 2.2%, to  
3.5 years and improved WAULT (to expiry) by 1.9% 
to 5.5 years.

Average rent by let sq. ft. increased by 8.3% from 
£9.40 per sq. ft. in December 2018 to £10.17 per 
sq. ft. in December 2019.

Capital value per sq. ft. increased by 9.1% 
from £96.64 per sq. ft. in December 2018 to 
£105.42 per sq. ft..

Going forward, we believe that our diverse tenant base as well as the 
broad regional spread of our assets means that we are well positioned 
to weather not only current political uncertainty but also the wider 
economic uncertainty that will no doubt result from the emergence 
and spread of COVID-19. As always, the Asset Manager will continue to 
identify value in the market with a focus on income.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITY IN THE UK COMMERCIAL PROPERTY MARKET

Investment in the UK commercial property market reached £49.5 billion 
in 2019, according to research from Lambert Smith Hampton (“LSH”)4, 
13% below the five-year average. Although overall investment in 2019 
was lower than 2018, it was 5.2% higher than 2016 levels, a year that 
was similarly dominated by political uncertainty. Investment in the final 
quarter of 2019 was slightly higher than Q3 2019 volumes, bringing 
investment in H2 2019 to £29.5 billion, indicating an increase of 47% 
when compared to H1 2019, which helped boost overall investment 
figures for 2019. 2019 proved to be another strong year for investment 
in portfolio deals, with investment totalling £13.0 billion. Investment in 
portfolios was particularly strong in the final quarter of 2019, reaching 
£4.7 billion, 35% higher than the five-year quarterly average.

Quarterly Investment Volumes

Following muted investment at the beginning on 2019, the UK regions 
outside of London attracted £4.9 billion in investment during the final 
quarter of 2019 – equal to the five-year quarterly average. This brought 
investment in the second half of 2019 to £10.2 billion, 34% higher than 
the first half of 2019. Annual investment in the regional markets reached 
£17.9 billion in 2019. LSH research notes that there were significant 
contrasts between regions during 2019, with the East of England 
performing strongly through the year. 

4 Lambert Smith Hampton, UKIT Q4 2019

23

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20192520151005080604020-20-40Five-Year Quarterly Average% Quarterly AverageAll Property2014Q12018Q42014Q22014Q32014Q42015Q12015Q22015Q32015Q42016Q12016Q22016Q32016Q42017Q12017Q22017Q32017Q42018Q12018Q22018Q3£ billion%Figure 1: Lambert Smith Hampton Research (February 2020)2019Q42019Q12019Q22019Q3Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

Overseas investment in the UK property markets accounted for almost half (48%) of total investment in 2019 according to data from CoStar5. 
Overseas investors continued to take advantage of favourable exchange rates, with investment in the final quarter of 2019 reaching £7.2 billion, 
24% higher than the five-year average. Figures from LSH indicate that North America, Far East and Europe were all net investors in the final 
quarter of 2019. CoStar estimate that total overseas investment for 2019 reached £21.3 billion, 6% higher than the 10-year average.

Research from CBRE indicates that regional offices have outperformed in comparison to central London offices, delivering superior total returns of 
8.6% in 2019 in comparison to central London office returns of 5.8%, a trend that has been witnessed over the past four years. Outperformance 
reflected better capital returns and income returns. Rental growth in regional offices markets continued with growth of 1.2% in 2019. 

Central London & Regional Office Returns (12 months to December 2019)

22.9%

19.3%

18.5%

16.3%

%

25

20

15

10

5

0

12.0%

11.5%

8.0%

8.6%

5.3%

5.8%

0.9%

2.7%

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Figure 2: CBRE (February 2020)

Central London offices

Rest of UK offices

OCCUPATIONAL DEMAND IN THE UK REGIONAL OFFICE MARKET

Avison Young estimates that take-up of office space across nine regional office markets6 reached 8.8 million sq. ft. in 2019; although this is 
below the level of take-up recorded in 2018, it is 3.9% above the 10-year average. Take-up during 2019 was marginally higher (+0.7%) than 
2016, a year that was similarly dominated by political uncertainty. According to Savills, occupational demand was driven by the technology, 
media & telecoms sector, which accounted for the highest proportion of take-up at 27%. Following the technology, media & telecoms sector, 
the serviced office sector and the insurance & financial services sector accounted for the second and third largest proportion of take-up in the 
regional cities, accounting for 12% and 10% respectively. Whilst demand from Central Government fell in 2019 in comparison to 2018, Avison 
Young expect a number of deals to take place in 2020 as part of the next phase of the hub programme. 

According to Savills, demand for regional office stock led to a decline in availability across nine regional UK markets7, with total availability 
falling by 8% in 2019 to 10.5 million sq. ft., 28% below the 10-year average. This marks the tenth consecutive year that supply of office stock 
has declined. Cushman & Wakefield research indicates that vacancy rates across the UK’s regions fell to 7% in the final quarter of 2019, a 
decrease from 8% the 12 months previous8.

Furthermore, it is estimated that approximately 5.9 million sq. ft. of office space is currently under construction in the Big Nine regional 
markets, with Manchester, Glasgow and Birmingham accounting for 26%, 19% and 17%, respectively. 56% of office buildings currently under 
construction are already pre-let.

5 CoStar, Investment Volumes, Q4 2019
6  Nine regional office markets mentioned by Avison Young include: Birmingham, Bristol, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds, Liverpool, Manchester & Newcastle
7  Nine regional office markets mentioned by Savills include: Aberdeen, Birmingham, Bristol, Cambridge, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds & Manchester
8  Cushman & Wakefield Big Eight Office Report Q4 2019. Eight regional office markets mentioned by Cushman & Wakefield include: Birmingham, Bristol, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds, 
Manchester & Newcastle

24

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Regional Demand: Annual Office Take-Up

Regional Supply: Annual Office Supply

.
t
f

.

q
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
p
u
-
e
k
a
T

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

2010

2009
Regional Total

2011

2012

2013
10-year average

.
t
f

.

q
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
y
l

p
p
u
S

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

2010

2009
Regional Total

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2011

2012

2013
10-year average

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Figure 3: Avison Young (February 2020)

Figure 4: Savills (February 2020)

RENTAL GROWTH IN THE UK REGIONAL OFFICE MARKET

A lack of availability in the Big Nine regional markets put an upward pressure on headline rents as well as a downward pressure on rent incentives, 
which led to an increase of 2.9% in city centre net effective rents in 2019, according to Avison Young. Additionally, research by Avison Young 
estimates that headline rents for out of town offices increased by 3.0% from Q4 2018 to Q4 2019. 

The CBRE Monthly Index shows that rental value growth for the rest of UK office markets in the 12 months ending December 2019 was 1.2%. 

Rental Value Growth (vs previous 12 months)

%

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

-1

-2

-3

-4

Rest of UK Offices

Dec.19, 1.2%

Jan 12

Jan 13

Jan 14

Jan 15

Jan 16

Jan17

Jan18

Jan19

Sep19

Figure 5: CBRE (February 2020)

REGIONAL REIT’S OFFICE ASSETS

EPRA occupancy of the Group’s regional offices rose to 88.4% (31 December 2018: 88.2%). A like-for-like comparison of the Group’s regional 
offices’ EPRA occupancy, 31 December 2019 versus 31 December 2018, shows that occupancy decreased to 86.8% (31 December 2018: 88.5%). 
This reduction in occupancy can largely be attributed to two properties becoming vacant: Brennan House, Farnborough (29,707 sq. ft.) and Niceday 
House, Meridian Park, Andover (34,262 sq. ft.). Further details on these are below.

• 

Brennan House, Farnborough – We were ahead of business plan when we took the opportunity to do a contract-led letting to Fluor 
Limited. Unfortunately, Fluor exercised a valid break notice as their contract was not extended. Brennan House presents well and we are 
exploring the opportunity to carry out works to upgrade the building. Activity levels remain good in the Farnborough market with 2019 
take up slightly ahead of the five-year average. Take-up varies across a wide range of size from lettings of 5,500 to 46,000 sq. ft.. We have 
had a number of positive viewings recently and remain hopeful of securing a letting at the property in the near future. 

•  Niceday House, Andover – As expected, the tenant vacated at expiry. Following this, a dilapidations settlement has been agreed and an 

outline residential consent has been obtained for change of use.

WAULT to first break was 3.0 years (31 December 2018: 3.0 years); like-for-like WAULT to first break increased to 3.1 years (31 December 2018: 3.0 years).

25

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

OCCUPIER DEMAND IN THE UK INDUSTRIAL MARKET

Take-up in the final quarter of 2019 reached 6.8 million sq. ft., pushing 
annual take-up during 2019 to 34.5 million sq. ft.; although this is 18% 
below the record high reported in 2018, demand remained above the 
10-year average9. CBRE10 research shows that 60% of take-up was 
within the East Midlands and South East as the M1 corridor remains the 
most attractive location for occupiers. Following this, West Midlands, 
Yorkshire and North East accounted for 17% and 12% of take-up in 
2019, respectively. 

BNP Paribas Real Estate research highlights occupier demand was diverse 
in 2019 with no one sector dominating take-up11. According to Colliers 
International, occupier demand was driven by occupier’s requirements to 

future-proof their supply chain operations. Occupier demand within the 
industrial market continues to benefit from growth in online shopping, 
as online retailing currently accounts for 19.0% of total retail sales in 
the UK, according to the ONS12. BNP Paribas Real Estate research shows 
that Retailers were the most active in terms of take-up throughout 2019, 
accounting for 37% of annual take-up (including online sales).

In terms of development, 8.6 million sq. ft. of speculative development 
was delivered in 2019. However, availability levels remained relatively 
steady as a result of robust net absorption. Looking forward, there is 
currently only 6.6 million sq. ft. of speculative development expected to 
complete in 2020.

INDUSTRIAL RENTAL GROWTH CONTINUES

Research by BNP Paribas Real Estate illustrates that, although 
demand for standard industrial space led to rental growth in 2019, 
there were signs that rental growth cooled following several years 
of strong growth. Data from the CBRE Monthly Index shows rental 

REGIONAL REIT’S INDUSTRIAL ASSETS

growth of 3.1% in the 12 months to the end of December 2019, 
indicating that rental growth slowed in 2019 from 4.2% for the 
12 months to the end of December 2018. 

EPRA occupancy of the Group’s industrial sites increased to 95.5% 
(31 December 2018: 94.5%). A like-for-like comparison of the 
Group’s industrial offices’ EPRA occupancy, 31 December 2019 
versus 31 December 2018, shows that occupancy increased to 95.4% 

(31 December 2018: 94.2%). WAULT to first break was 5.8 years 
(31 December 2018: 5.4 years); like-for-like WAULT to first break 
decreased marginally to 5.8 years (31 December 2018: 5.9 years).

9 Cushman & Wakefield, Industrial Snapshot, Q4 2019
10 CBRE, Market Summary, Q4 2019
11 BNP Paribas Real Estate, Industrial & Logistics Review, Q4 2019
12 ONS, Retail Sales, Great Britain, January 2020

26

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

As at 31 December 2019, the Group’s property portfolio was valued 
at £787.9m (31 December 2018: £718.4m), with rent roll of £64.3m 
(31 December 2018: £59.7m), and an EPRA occupancy of 89.4% 
(31 December 2018: 89.4%).

On a like-for-like basis, 31 December 2019 versus 31 December 2018, 
EPRA occupancy was 88.1% (31 December 2018: 89.6%).

There were 160 properties (31 December 2018: 150) in the portfolio, 
with 1,251 units (31 December 2018: 1,192) and 904 tenants 
(31 December 2018: 874). If the portfolio was fully occupied at 

Property Portfolio by Sector

Cushman & Wakefield’s view of market rents, the rental income 
would be £77.2m per annum as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 
2018: £70.0m).

As at 31 December 2019, the net initial yield on the portfolio was 
6.2% (31 December 2018: 6.5%), the equivalent yield was 8.3% 
(31 December 2018: 8.2%), and the reversionary yield was 9.1% 
(31 December 2018: 8.8%).

Sector

Properties

Valuation 
(£m)

% by 
valuation

Sq. ft. 
(mil)

Occupancy  
(EPRA) 
 (%)

WAULT 
to first 
break 
(yrs)

Gross 
rental 
income 
(£m)

Average 
rent 
(£psf)

ERV 
(£m)

Capital 
rate 
(£psf)

Yield (%)

Net  
initial Equivalent Reversionary

Office

Industrial

Retail

Other

Total 

116

18

23

3

629.7

107.7

39.2

11.4

79.9

13.7

5.0

1.4

160

787.9

100.0

4.7

2.2

0.5

0.2

7.5

88.4

95.5

90.9

90.6

89.4

3.0

5.8

4.6

6.9

3.5

51.2

13.15

62.9

135.34

8.0

4.3

0.8

4.17

10.53

8.17

9.0

4.3

1.0

48.85

84.19

74.99

6.1

5.3

9.0

7.5

64.3

10.17

77.2 105.42

6.2

8.3

7.4

9.2

8.0

8.3

9.3

7.6

9.7

8.1

9.1

Property Portfolio by Region

Location

Properties

Valuation 
(£m)

% by 
valuation

Sq. ft. 
(mil)

Scotland

South East

North East

Midlands

North West

South West

Wales

Total 

43

33

20

32

16

13

3

141.8

233.0

81.2

140.4

92.4

79.3

19.9

18.0

29.6

10.3

17.8

11.7

10.1

2.5

160

787.9

100.0

1.7

1.7

0.9

1.4

1.0

0.5

0.3

7.5

Tables may not sum due to rounding

Occupancy  
(EPRA)  
(%)

WAULT 
to first 
break 
(yrs)

Gross 
rental 
income 
(£m)

Yield (%)

Net  
initial Equivalent Reversionary

Average 
rent 
(£psf)

ERV 
(£m)

Capital 
rate 
(£psf)

9.73

15.7

81.70

12.06

21.2

140.33

8.56

9.07

8.32

15.57

8.73

8.4

87.29

12.7

100.88

9.8

7.6

1.9

91.21

165.50

74.97

6.7

5.9

5.9

6.0

5.5

6.8

7.5

12.8

17.9

6.8

11.6

6.7

6.6

1.9

64.3

10.17

77.2 105.42

6.2

9.3

7.5

9.0

7.8

8.7

8.1

8.4

8.3

10.3

8.4

9.6

8.5

9.4

8.9

8.6

9.1

86.2

87.9

88.1

93.2

89.1

95.8

87.6

89.4

3.3

3.4

2.8

3.5

4.9

2.9

6.6

3.5

27

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Buildings 2 & 3 
HBOS Campus, 
Aylesbury

Norfolk House, 
Smallbrook 
Queensway, 
Birmingham

Hampshire 
Corporate Park, 
Eastleigh

One & Two 
Newstead Court, 
Annesley

Road 4 Winsford 
Industrial Estate, 
Winsford

Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

Top 15 Investments (market value) as at 31 December 2019

Property

Sector

Anchor tenants

Market 
value 
(£m)

% of 
portfolio

Lettable 
area  
(sq. ft.)

EPRA 
Occupancy 
(%)

Annualised 
gross rent 
(£m)

Tay House, 
Glasgow

Juniper Park, 
Basildon

Genesis Business 
Park, Woking

Office

Office

Barclays Execution Services Ltd, 
University of Glasgow

33.7

4.3

156,853

94.2

Industrial Schenker Ltd, A Share & Sons Ltd, 

29.6

3.8

277,760

100.0

26.0

3.3

98,359

82.7

% of 
gross 
rental 
income

WAULT 
to first 
break 
(years)

4.2

2.4

3.5

2.8

2.4

4.3

2.7

2.2

1.5

24.9

3.2

140,791

95.7

2.3

3.5

3.4

20.5

2.6

114,982

100.0

1.7

2.6

1.6

Vanguard Logistics Services Ltd

Nuvias (UK & Ireland) Ltd, 
Fernox Ltd, McCarthy & Stone 
Retirement Lifestyles Ltd

Bank of Scotland Plc, The 
Equitable Life Assurance Society, 
Agria Pet Insurance Ltd

Secretary of State for 
Communities & Local 
Government, Spark44 Ltd

Office

Office

Office

Aviva Central Services UK Ltd, 
National Westminster Bank Plc

20.1

2.6

85,422

99.6

1.5

2.4

3.6

800 Aztec West, 
Bristol

Office

Edvance SAS, The Secretary of 
State for Defence

19.3

2.4

73,292

100.0

Office

E.ON UK Plc

16.9

2.1

146,262

100.0

1.5

1.4

2.4

3.6

2.2

3.9

Industrial Jiffy Packaging Ltd

15.7

2.0

246,209

100.0

1.0

1.5

14.8

Portland Street, 
Manchester

Office

New College Manchester Ltd, 
Mott MacDonald Ltd, Darwin 
Loan Solutions Ltd

Ashby Park, Ashby 
De La Zouch

Office

Ceva Logistics Ltd, Hill Rom UK 
Ltd, Alstom Power Ltd

Columbus House, 
Coventry

Office

TUI Northern Europe Ltd

Templeton On The 
Green, Glasgow

Office

Oakland House, 
Manchester

Office

The Scottish Ministers, The 
Scottish Sports Council, Heidi 
Beers Ltd

HSS Hire Service Group 
Ltd, Please Hold (UK) Ltd, 
CVS (Commercial Valuers & 
Surveyors) Ltd

15.3

1.9

54,959

97.7

0.8

1.3

2.9

13.9

1.8

91,034

100.0

13.3

11.7

1.7

1.5

53,253

100.0

142,512

97.4

1.1

1.4

1.3

1.7

2.1

1.4

4.0

2.0

4.1

11.3

1.4

160,938

89.5

1.1

1.7

3.8

Kingscourt Leisure 
Complex, Dundee

Other

Odeon Cinemas Ltd, Jag Leisure 
(Scotland) Ltd

10.5

1.3

83,780

88.8

0.7

1.1

7.7

Total

282.6

35.9

1,926,406

96.0

22.2

34.6

3.8

Tables may not sum due to rounding

28

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
Top 15 Tenants (share of rental income) as at 31 December 2019 

Tenant

Property

Sector

WAULT 
to first 
break 
(years)

Lettable 
area  
(sq. ft.)

Annualised 
gross rent 
(£m)

% of  
gross 
rental 
income

Barclays Execution 
Services Ltd

Bank of Scotland Plc

Secretary of State for 
Communities & Local 
Government

Tay House, Glasgow

Buildings 3 HBOS Campus, Aylesbury 
High Street, Dumfries

Bennett House, Hanley 
Cromwell House, Tritton Road, Lincoln 
Norfolk House, Birmingham 
Oakland House, Manchester

E.ON UK Plc

One & Two Newstead Court, Annesley

TUI Northern Europe Ltd Columbus House, Coventry

The Scottish Ministers

Jiffy Packaging Ltd

Calton House, Edinburgh 
Quadrant House, Dundee 
Templeton On The Green, Glasgow 
The Courtyard, Falkirk

Road 4 Winsford Industrial Estate, 
Winsford

Edvance SAS

800 Aztec West, Bristol

John Menzies Plc

2 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh

The Royal Bank of 
Scotland Plc

SPD Development Co 
Ltd

Clearblue Innovation Centre, Bedford

Aviva Central Services 
UK Ltd

Hampshire Corporate Park, Chilworth 
House, Eastleigh

Schenker Ltd

Juniper Park, Basildon

Cyan Building, Rotherham

Banking

1.5

67,458

A Share & Sons Ltd

1-4 Llansamlet Retail Park, Swansea 
Juniper Park, Basildon

Wholesale and retail 
trade

800 Aztec West, Bristol

Public sector

4.0

32,007

The Secretary of State 
for Defence

Total

Tables may not sum due to rounding

Administrative and 
support service activities

1.9

78,044

Banking

2.2

92,978

Public sector

2.2

115,753

1.6

1.5

1.4

2.5

2.3

2.2

3.9

146,262

1.4

2.2

Electricity, gas, steam 
and air conditioning 
supply

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

4.0

53,253

Public Sector

1.5

111,076

Manufacturing

14.8

246,209

Electricity, gas, steam 
and air conditioning 
supply

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

3.4

41,285

3.6

43,780

Professional, scientific 
and technical activities

5.8

58,167

Other service activities

4.9

42,612

Transportation and 
storage

2.8

91,287

4.4

75,791

1.4

1.3

1.0

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.8

0.8

0.7

0.7

0.6

2.1

2.1

1.5

1.4

1.4

1.3

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.1

1.0

3.8

1,295,962

15.9

24.8

29

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO SECTOR AND REGION SPLITS BY VALUATION AND INCOME 

BY VALUATION

BY INCOME

As at 31 December 2019, 79.9% (2018: 76.1%) of the portfolio by market 
value was offices and 13.7% (2018: 15.5%) was industrial. The balance 
was made up of retail, 5.0% (2018: 7.1%) and other, 1.4% (2018: 1.4%). 
By UK region, as at 31 December 2019, Scotland represented 18.0% 
(2018: 18.0%) of the portfolio and England 79.5% (2018: 79.3%); the 
balance of 2.5% (2018: 2.7%) was in Wales. In England, the largest 
regions were the South East, the Midlands and the North West. 

As at 31 December 2019, 79.7% (2018: 77.3%) of the portfolio by income 
was offices and 12.4% (2018: 13.2%) was industrial. The balance was 
made up of retail, 6.7% (2018: 8.3%), and other, 1.2% (2018: 1.2%). By 
UK region, as at 31 December 2019, Scotland represented 19.9% (2018: 
20.1%) of the portfolio and England 77.2% (2018: 77.2%); the balance of 
2.9% was in Wales (2018: 2.7%). In England, the largest regions were the 
South East, the Midlands and the North East. 

Sector split by valuation 2019

Sector split by income 2019

Regional split by valuation 2019

Regional split by income 2019

Charts may not sum due to rounding

30

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Office (79.9%)Industrial (13.7%)Retail (5.0%)Other (1.4%)Office (79.7%)Industrial (12.4%)Retail (6.7%)Other (1.2%)South East (27.9%)North East (10.7%)South West (10.3%)Wales (2.9%)Scotland (19.9%)Midlands (18.0%)North West (10.4%)South East (29.6%)North East (10.3%)South West (10.1%)Wales (2.5%)Scotland (18.0%)Midlands (17.8%)North West (11.7%)LEASE EXPIRY PROFILE

The WAULT on the portfolio is 5.5 years (2018: 5.4 years); WAULT 
to first break is 3.5 years (2018: 3.4 years). As at 31 December 2019, 
5.5% (2018: 10.1%) of income was from leases, which will expire 
within 1 year, 14.2% (2018: 4.4%) between 1 and 2 years, 33.0% 
(2018: 34.0%) between 2 and 5 years and 47.4% (2018: 51.6%) after 
5 years.

Lease expiry income profile

Lease expiry income profile by year

Lease expiry to first break income profile by year

Charts may not sum due to rounding

31

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20199432018765Contracted Rental Income (£m)20292028202720262025202420232021202020222030+1614420861210Rental Income (£m)20292028202720262025202420232021202020222030+1-2 years (14.2%)5+ years (47.4%)2-5 years (33.0%)0-1 year (5.5%)Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

UK PROPERTY LOCATIONS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

Office

Industrial

Retail

Other

32

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019TENANTS BY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

As at 31 December 2019, 13.0% of income was from tenants in the professional, scientific and technical activities sector (2018: 11.5%), 12.0% 
from the administrative and support service activities sector (2018: 10.4%), 9.1% from the information and communication sector (2018: 
8.8%), 9.1% from the wholesale and retail trade (2018: 10.1%) and 8.7% from the manufacturing sector (2018: 7.4%). The remaining exposure 
is broadly spread.

No tenant represents more than 3% of the Group’s rent roll as at 31 December 2019, the largest being 2.5% (2018: 2.7%).

Tenants by SIC Codes (% of gross rent)

Chart may not sum due to rounding

*  Other – Not specified, other service activities, construction, education, human health and social work activities, real estate activities, accommodation and food service activities, arts, 
entertainment and recreation, water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities, public administration and defence, compulsory social security, charity, activities of 
extraterritorial organisations and bodies, residential.

33

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Professional, scientific and technical activities (13.0%)Administrative and support service activities (12.0%)Information and communication (9.1%)Wholesale and retail trade (9.1%)Manufacturing (8.7%)Public sector (8.4%)Financial and insurance activities (other) (7.2%)Banking (5.3%)Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply (4.4%)Transportation and storage (3.5%)Other* (19.3%)Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE

y   H o u se, Glasgow

a

T

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 6.4 (2.4)

33.7
Office
2.7
156,853
Barclays Execution Services Ltd, University of Glasgow
94.2

• 

• 

• 

• 

Secure Income – The leases with Barclays were re-geared in December 2015, securing 
income until October 2021 at the earliest.
Break Option Removed – Removal of the University of Glasgow’s break option in 
September 2019, securing income until September 2024.
Tenant Expansion – New 10-year lease agreed with the University of Glasgow for an 
additional 9,791 sq. ft. in the building, with option to break in September 2024. This lease 
provides an additional gross rental income of c. £181,000 p.a.
Future Asset Management Initiatives – Let of the balance of space on the first floor. 
Explore refurbishment options should Barclays Execution Services Ltd exercise November 
2021 break option. This presents an opportunity for comprehensive repositioning of asset in 
a market with limited supply of high-quality large floor plates in an improving location.

s i s   B u s i n ess Park, Wokin

g

e

G e n

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

26.0
Office
1.5
98,359
Nuvias (UK & Ireland) Ltd, Fernox Ltd, McCarthy & 
Stone Retirement Lifestyles Ltd
82.7

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 7.3 (4.3)

• 

Established Business Park – Genesis is the premier out-of-town office park in the town, 
situated approximately one mile from Woking town centre.

•  New Letting – New 10-year lease agreed with Gallagher Benefit Services Management 

Company Limited for 4,594 sq. ft. (Suite 1C) subject to a break option after five years at a 
gross rent of c. £106,000 p.a (£23.00 per sq. ft.).
Asset Management Initiatives – Let balance of space.

• 

34

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Buildin g s  2   &   3   H B OS Campus, A

yle

s

b

u

r

y

l

rfolk H o u s e,  S m a

o
N

l b r ook Queensw

a
y, B
ir

m

i

n

g

h

a

m

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE (CONTINUED)

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

EPRA Occupancy (%):

24.9
Office
2.3
140,791
Bank of Scotland Plc, The Equitable Life Assurance 
Society, Agria Pet Insurance Ltd
95.7

WAULT (years) (to first break): 4.2 (3.4)

• 

•  High-Quality Asset – Comprehensive refurbishment programme of Building 2 now 
completed with gross capital expenditure of c. £3.3m. The property is now the best 
accommodation in the town.
Continued Letting Activity – Additional lettings on the ground floor of Building 2 to Product 
Compliance Specialists Limited on a 10-year lease commencing in April 2019, subject to a 
break option at the seventh anniversary. The lease provides a gross rental income of  
c. £87,000 p.a (c. £24.00 per sq. ft.).
Future Asset Management Initiatives – Let balance of remaining space (5,550 sq. ft.) in 
Building 2. Additionally, advanced discussions are currently ongoing with the Bank of Scotland 
Plc to assess their intentions for renewal of their lease of Building 3 in November 2021. 
Opportunity exists to undertake similar successful refurbishment programme completed on 
Building 2.

• 

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

20.5
Office 
1.7
114,982
Secretary of State for Communities & Local 
Government, Spark44 Ltd
100.0

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 4.0 (1.6)

•  High-Quality Asset – City centre building split over six floors with 12 retail units on the 

• 

• 

ground floor level.
Business Plan – Engage with tenants to re-gear the leases, remove break options and 
improve rental value. Let remaining retail unit.
Future Asset Management Initiatives – Explore improving aesthetics and profile of 
exterior of building by way of potential cladding options/retail frontage improvements.

35

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE (CONTINUED)

e   C o r p orate Park, Eastleig

h

Ha m p s h ir

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

20.1
Office 
1.5
85,422
Aviva Central Services UK Ltd, National  
Westminster Bank Plc
99.6

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 7.5 (3.6)

• 

• 

Successful Refurbishment – Interior and exterior refurbishment of Hampshire House. By 
advance programme and marketing, the void period was limited to only five months whilst 
the works were ongoing.
Securing Income Streams – New 10-year lease agreed for 43,612. sq. ft. at Chilworth 
House, Hampshire Corporate Park, Eastleigh, at a rent of £775,000 p.a which is 15.7% ahead 
of the previous rent.

0   A z t e c  West, Bristol

0

8

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 8.8 (3.6)

19.3
Office 
1.5
73,292
Edvance SAS, The Secretary of State for Defence
100.0

• 

• 

• 

Successful Refurbishment – Major “back to shell” refurbishment of the whole building 
completed in August 2018 into active Bristol market with limited city centre supply.
Further Lettings – The final floor comprising 9,736 sq. ft. has been let to Edvance SAS for a 
nine-year lease from August 2019 at a gross rental income of c. £224,000 p.a. 
Full Let – Property now fully let and producing a gross rental income of £2.3m.

36

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE (CONTINUED)

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):

16.9
Office 
1.4
146,262
E.ON UK Plc 
100.0

WAULT (years) (to first break): 5.6 (3.9)

w

One &  T

•  High-Quality Assets – Two modern office pavilions in an established business park.
• 

Break Option Removed – Removal of EON’s break option in May 2020 for Two Newstead 
Court, securing income until April 2025.

o   N e w stead Court, A

n

n

e

s
l
e

y

n d   S t reet, Mancheste

r

P o r t l a

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

15.3
Office 
0.8
54,959
New College Manchester Ltd, Mott MacDonald Ltd, 
Darwin Loan Solutions Ltd
97.7

EPRA Occupancy (%): 
WAULT (years) (to first break): 5.3 (2.9)

• 

• 

• 

Tenant Retention – Secured three lease re-gears with existing tenants during 2019 which 
will provide a revised combined gross rental income of c. £262,000 p.a., an uplift of 43.4% 
from previous gross rental income.
Strong Investment Market – Strong investor demand remains for offices in the Manchester 
city centre.
Asset Management Initiatives – Various initiative ongoing with existing tenants regarding 
lease extensions. Explore opportunity to undertake improvements to elements of the 
reception area.

37

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE (CONTINUED)

r k ,

a

y   P

A s h b

  A shby De La Zo

u

c

h

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 2.7 (1.4)

13.9
Office 
1.1
91,034
Ceva Logistics Ltd, Hill Rom UK Ltd, Alstom Power Ltd
100.0

• 

• 

Fully Let – Dilapidations on the inherited vacated space agreed. Jigsaw agreed new lease 
over revised area with Dunwoody Airline Services taking the remaining void.
Asset Management Initiatives – Re-gear lease with Ceva Logistics to secure longer income 
and complete lease surrender of Power House with Alstom Power Ltd and back-to-back  
re-letting to Brush Electrical Machines Ltd on a new 10-year lease.

o l u m b u s   House, Coventry

C

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 4.0 (4.0)

13.3
Office
1.4
53,253
TUI Northern Europe Ltd
100.0

• 

• 

Income Profile – Let to TUI until 2024 on a geared lease with fixed annual uplifts. TUI has sublet 
the entire space to First Utility that provides an underpinning to the rent.
Asset Management Initiatives – Potential to agree lease surrender with TUI, with benefits of 
existing sublets to First Utility who have recently been acquired by Shell Petroleum Company 
Limited.

38

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OFFICE (CONTINUED)

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

11.7
Office 
1.3
142,512
The Scottish Ministers, The Scottish Sports Council,  
Heidi Beers Ltd
97.4

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 7.5 (4.1)

n   O n  The Green, Glas

g

o

w

o

t

p l e

Te m

•  Diversified Income – Multi-let to 39 tenants across 47 leases.
• 

Further Lettings – Six new lettings took place during 2019 to five tenants across 13,547 sq. 
ft., providing a combined gross rental income of c. £130,000 p.a. and representing a notable 
uplift of c. 19% from December 2018 ERVs.
Reducing Vacancy – EPRA Occupancy has increased by 5.4% in the 12 months to  
31 December 2019, reaching 97.4%.

• 

n

d   H o use, Manchester

a k l a

O

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

11.3
Office 
1.1
160,938
HSS Hire Service Group Ltd, Please Hold (UK) Ltd, CVS 
(Commercial Valuers & Surveyors) Ltd

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 5.1 (3.8)

89.5

• 

Adding Value – Front of house works undertaken to improve immediate presentation and 
installation of high-level external illuminated signage to “landmark” the building.

•  New Lettings – New lease agreed with Please Hold (UK) Limited for 5,450 sq. ft. on the 

• 

fifth floor for a 10-year term at a gross rental value of £12.50 per sq. ft., with a break option 
in 2024.
Asset Management Initiatives – Refurbishment of ground floor to create smaller suites in 
response to changing occupational demand as well as proposed creation of hub style facility 
to provide welfare facilities (including showers and improved reception).

39

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: INDUSTRIAL

n i p e r   P ark, Basildon

J u

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:

29.6
Industrial
2.2
277,760
Schenker Ltd, A Share & Sons Ltd, Vanguard  
Logistics Services Ltd
100.0

EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 4.4 (2.8)

•  Diversified Income – Multi-let to 11 tenants across 15 leases.
•  New Letting – New lease agreed with DG International Group Limited for c. 30,100 sq. 

ft. for a five-year term at a gross rental income of c. £240,800 p.a., representing a notable 
uplift of 30% from the previous tenancy. The unit was re-let within 11 weeks of the previous 
lease coming to an end.

•  Major Renewal Secured – Unit 2 of the 16-unit site has successfully been renewed to 

Vanguard Logistics Services Limited for a five-year period with Vanguard having the option 
to extend beyond this. A stepped rent has been agreed on the 61,079 sq. ft. unit, increasing 
to £370,000 p.a representing an uplift of 15.4% to the previous annual rent of £320,665, 
and 5.4% ahead of ERV.
Tenant Expansion – Agreement for lease signed with Schenker Limited to take a lease of 
the whole ground floor offices (c. 13,000 sq. ft.) at Juniper Place on a five-year term at a 
gross rent of c. £182,000 p.a (c. £14.00 per sq. ft. and 4.9% above ERV). 

• 

r d  

o

s f

I n dustrial Estate, W

in

s

f

o

r

d

Road 4 W in

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):

15.7
Industrial 
1.0
246,209
Jiffy Packaging Ltd 
100.0

WAULT (years) (to first break): 14.8 (14.8)

• 
• 

Long-Term Lease – Let to Jiffy Packaging Limited until 2034.
Business Plan – Tenant company acquired by Airpack Group and lease guarantee assigned 
to new parent company. Discussions continue with tenant regarding a potential re-gear.

40

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019t   L e i s u re Complex, D

u

n

d

e

e

TOP 15 PROPERTIES BY SECTOR: OTHER

Market value (£m):
Sector:
Annualised gross rent (£m):
Lettable area (sq. ft.):
Anchor tenants:
EPRA Occupancy (%):
WAULT (years) (to first break): 8.0 (7.7)

10.5
Other
0.7
83,780
Odeon Cinemas Ltd, Jag Leisure (Scotland) Ltd
88.8

• 

• 

Adding Value – Works undertaken to transform 10 screen multiplex Odeon cinema to 
‘Odeon Deluxe’ brand. Successfully negotiated re-gear of the lease to provide a further  
10-year term subject to us contributing to the cost of the upgrade. 
Asset Management Initiatives – Let balance of refurbished space.

r

u

Kingsc o

41

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Asset Manager currently has five main aspects to its 
management of the environmental impact of the portfolio: 

Case Study

• 

• 

An independent environmental report is required for all 
potential acquisitions which considers, amongst other matters, 
the historic and current usage of the site and the extent of any 
contamination.

Century Way, Thorpe Park, Leeds
Ground and second floor office spaces, plus all common area and 
toilet facilities, were comprehensively refurbished. The scope of 
energy improvements includes:

The process of development and refurbishment projects 
considers the choice of materials and equipment used to avoid 
health hazards or damage to the environment.

• 

The replacement of the original air conditioning system with a 
high-performance low energy use VRF system; including new fan 
coils, external condensers and fully insulated pipework.

•  Ongoing risk examinations of the activities of current and 

•  Water heating was replaced with point of use appliances and the 

incoming tenants is carried out by way of site inspections to 
identify and prevent pollution. 

• 

• 

All sites are visited at least annually with material evident 
environmental issues reported to the Board. 

All new leases seek to commit occupiers to environmental 
regulations. 

Improving Resource Management at our Assets 
In order to reduce energy consumption both in landlords’ and 
tenants’ areas, the Asset Manager needs to work closely with tenants. 
The Asset Manager engages with tenants on resource consumption 
issues where the Asset Manager has responsibility for the payment 
of the supply. It has also engaged an energy consultant to advise 
on energy efficiencies. Energy improvements are always considered 
when repair or refurbishment programmes are undertaken. Please see 
below for an example of a property where we improved the energy 
efficiency.

Developments and Refurbishments
Development and refurbishments projects are subcontracted. The 
Asset Manager monitors the work directly and with project managers 
on larger projects, to ensure they are in accordance with relevant 
guidelines and laws. All subcontractors are assessed to ensure that 
they have sufficient resources to meet legal requirements.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

old storage vessels for the indirect system were removed. 

Retained chiller unit for the first floor offices was downgraded to 
its optimum use characteristic. 

BMS systems were entirely replaced; making the most efficient 
use of all systems and in planning for the eventual replacement 
of the nominal retained systems in the first floor. 

Lighting throughout the common areas, internal and external, 
were replaced with modern high efficiency LED fittings. 

All power systems to these areas were also replaced with new 
high efficiency fittings and new cabling. 

The lift installation was comprehensively upgraded to include 
new operational equipment and controls; of modern efficient 
type. 

Building fabric upgrades included insulated suspended ceiling tile 
installations. Sealing of roof sheet gaps and brand-new raised 
access floors of enhanced composition to the original. 

• 

External fire doors were all upgraded with new draught seals. 

•  New ground floor fire exit door facilities were installed to the 
rear, fully thermally broken, and a new entrance lobby was 
created to the front of the premises to minimise air leakage and 
improve thermal control. 

• 

The south facing full height atrium was solar control managed 
and new air handling systems were installed.

42

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: 800 Aztec West, Bristol
Sector: Office

Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Net Asset Value 
In the year ended 31 December 2019, the EPRA NAV of the Group increased by £55.8m to £486.3m (IFRS: £483.7m) from £430.5m (IFRS: 
£429.5m) as at 31 December 2018, equating to a decrease in the diluted EPRA NAV of 2.8pps to 112.7pps from 115.5pps. This is after the 
payment of dividends in the period amounting to 8.2pps.

The EPRA NAV increase of some £55.8m since 31 December 2018 is predominately sourced from the issuance of new equity and offset by the 
revaluation of investment properties held at 31 December 2019. 

On 23 July 2019, the Company issued 58,685,447 Ordinary Shares at a price of 106.5pps pursuant to a capital raise of gross proceeds of £62.5m. The 
funds were deployed in three tranches, excluding transaction costs: on 21 August 2019, a portfolio of six offices were acquired for £25.9m; on 18 October 
2019, four multi-let offices were acquired for £27.7m; and finally, on 31 December 2019, a company office headquarters was acquired for £10.3m. 

The investment property portfolio valuation as at 31 December 2019 totalled £787.9m (31 December 2018: £718.4m). The increase of £69.5m 
since the December 2018 year end is largely a reflection of the aforementioned £62.5m equity capital raise funds being deployed, £1.7m 
realised property disposals, offset by £3.5m of investment property revaluations, and gross capital expenditure amounting to £8.0m. Overall, on 
a like-for-like basis, the portfolio was broadly unchanged with a 0.1% decrease. 

The below table sets out the acquisitions, disposals and capital expenditure for the respective periods:

Acquisitions

Net (after costs)
Gross (before costs)

Disposals

Net (after costs)
Gross (before costs)

Capital Expenditure

Net (after dilapidations)
Gross (before dilapidations)

EPRA Net Asset Value – Diluted Bridge 2019

Year ended
31 December 2019
(£m)

Year ended
31 December 2018
(£m)

89.9
87.1

24.3
24.9

5.8
8.0

76.3
73.3

149.3
152.5

7.0
9.8

Table may not sum due to rounding

44

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Pence per shareNet financeexpenseGain on thedisposal of investmentpropertiesNet capitalexpenditureValuation (incl. net capital expenditure)OpeningEPRA NAV(incl. dilution)Capitalraisedilution31 Dec2018NAVNet rentaland propertyincome130105125115110100120115.5113.812.7(2.5)0.5(1.3)0.4(7.6)(0.0)112.7(1.7)(3.2)31 Dec2019Impairment of Goodwill& TaxDividendsAdmin expensesThe diluted EPRA NAV per share decreased to 112.7pps (31 December 2018: 115.5pps). The EPRA NAV is reconciled in the table below:

Opening EPRA NAV (31 December 2018)

Capital raise dilution

Opening EPRA NAV (incl. net capital raise)

Net rental and property income

Administration and other expenses

Gain on the disposal of investment properties

Change in the fair value of investment properties

Change in value of right of use

EPRA NAV after operating profit

Net finance expense

Impairment of goodwill

Taxation

EPRA NAV before dividends paid 

Dividends paid

Closing EPRA NAV (31 December 2019)

Table may not sum due to rounding

Year ended
2019

£m

430.5

60.5

491.0

55.0

(10.9)

1.7

(3.5)

(0.2)

533.0

(13.7)

(0.6)

0.4

519.1

(32.8)

486.3

Pence per share

115.5

(1.7)

113.8

12.7

(2.5)

0.4

(0.8)

–

123.5

(3.2)

(0.1)

0.1

120.3

(7.6)

112.7

As at 31 December 2018, there were 372,821,136 shares in issue. On 23 July 2019, the Company issued 58,685,447 shares which qualified for 
the Q2 2019 dividend of 1.90 pence per share and increased the total number of shares in issue to 431,506,583.

INCOME STATEMENT

Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets and other investments for the year ended 31 December 2019 amounted to £44.1m 
(31 December 2018: £36.8m). Profit after finance items and before taxation was £26.3m (31 December 2018: £67.9m). This reduction is 
predominately the result of three factors: firstly, a reduction in the gains on the disposal of investment properties, with 2018 including a number 
of opportunistic disposals; secondly, the reduction in the change in fair value of investment properties, with 2018 values being driven by asset 
management initiatives; and finally, the combination of the two prior factors resulted in a reduction of the performance fee incurred. 2019 included 
a full rent roll for properties held as at 31 December 2018, plus the partial rent roll for properties acquired and disposed of during the period.

Rental and property income amounted to £64.4m, excluding recoverable service charge income and other similar items (31 December 2018: 
£62.1m). The increase was primarily the result of the enlarged investment property portfolio held in 2019. 

Currently more than 85% of the rental income is collected within 28 days of the due date and bad debts in the period were £0.5m 
(31 December 2018: £0.4m).

Non-recoverable property costs, excluding recoverable service charge income and other similar costs, amounted to £9.4m (31 December 2018: 
£7.7m), and the rent roll increased to £64.3m (31 December 2018: £59.7m).

Realised gain on disposal of investment properties amounted to £1.7m (31 December 2018: £23.1m). These gains were primarily driven by 
asset management initiatives. The change in the fair value of investment properties amounted to a loss of £3.5m (31 December 2018: gain of 
£23.9m). Gross capital expenditure amounted to £8.0m. The change in value of right of use asset amounted to a charge of £0.2m; additional 
information is set out in note 2.4 on page 101.

Finance expenses amount to £13.9m (31 December 2018: £16.0m). The decrease is largely as a result of the repayment of the 30m zero 
dividend preference shares (“ZDPs”) on 9 January 2019.

45

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

The EPRA cost ratio, including direct vacancy costs, was 31.6% (31 December 2018: 40.1%), adjusting for ground rent. The decrease in the 
cost ratio is ostensibly a reflection of the decrease in realised gains from the disposal of investment properties in the period, coupled with the 
reduction in the fair value of the investment properties, resulting in a nil performance fee (31 December 2018: £7.0m). The EPRA cost ratio, 
including direct vacancy costs and excluding the performance fee, was 31.6% (31 December 2018: 28.6%). 

The ongoing charges for the period ending 31 December 2019 were 4.5% (31 December 2018: 4.4%). 

The EPRA Total Return from 6 November 2015 to 31 December 2019 was 43.0% (31 December 2018: 37.5%), an annualised rate of 9.0% pa 
(31 December 2018: 10.6% pa). 

DIVIDEND

In relation to the period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019, the Company declared dividends totalling 8.25pps (2018: 8.05pps). Since 
the end of the period, the Company has declared a dividend for the fourth quarter of 2019 of 2.55pps.  

Period covered

Announcement date

1 Jan 2019 to 31 Mar 2019

1 Apr 2019 to 30 Jun 2019

1 Jul 2019 to 30 Sep 2019

1 Oct 2019 to 31 Dec 2019

1 Jan 2018 to 31 Mar 2018

1 Apr 2018 to 30 Jun 2018

1 Jul 2018 to 30 Sep 2018

1 Oct 2018 to 31 Dec 2018

23 May 2019

29 Aug 2019

14 Nov 2019

27 Feb 2020

17 May 2018

31 Aug 2018

15 Nov 2018

21 Feb 2019

DEBT FINANCING AND GEARING

Ex-date

6 Jun 2019

5 Sep 2019

21 Nov 2019

5 Mar 2020

24 May 2018

13 Sep 2018

 22 Nov 2018

28 Feb 2019

Payment date

Pence per share

12 July 2019

15 Oct 2019

19 Dec 2019

9 April 2020

13 Jul 2018

15 Oct 2018

 21 Dec 2018

11 Apr 2019

1.90

1.90

1.90

2.55

1.85

1.85

1.85

2.50

Borrowings comprise third-party bank debt which is secured over properties owned by the Group and repayable over the next four to ten years, with a 
weighted average maturity of 7.3 years (31 December 2018: 6.4 years). 
The Group’s borrowing facilities are with the Royal Bank of Scotland, Scottish Widows Limited & Aviva Investors Real Estate Finance, Scottish Widows 
Limited and Santander UK. Total bank borrowing facilities at 31 December 2019 amounted to £294.0m (31 December 2018: £290.5m) (before 
unamortised debt issuance costs), with £27.9m available to be drawn. In addition to the bank borrowings, the Group has a £50m 4.5% retail eligible 
bond which is due for repayment in August 2024. In aggregate, the total debt available at 31 December 2019 amounted to £371.9m (31 December 
2018: £380.4m). 
During the period, the Company fully repaid the £39.9m ZDP shares on 9 January 2019. In addition, a new £66.0m 10-year facility was agreed with 
Santander, refinancing the existing £44.0m facility; a new £55.0m five-year facility was agreed with the Royal Bank of Scotland, which refinanced both 
the existing £26.5m facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland and the £19.0m facility with HSBC. The new Royal Bank of Scotland and Santander UK 
facilities had not been fully drawn as at 31 December 2019. 
At 31 December 2019, the Group’s cash and cash equivalent balances amounted to £37.3m (31 December 2018: £104.8m), after the repayment of the 
£39.9m ZDP shares and the acquisition of Norfolk House for £20.0m before costs.
The Group’s net LTV ratio stands at 38.9% (31 December 2018: 38.3%) before unamortised costs. The Board continues to target a net LTV ratio of 
40%, with a maximum limit of 50%.  

46

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Debt Profile and LTV Ratios as at 31 December 2019

Original facility
£’000

Outstanding debt*
£’000

Maturity 
date

48,584

June 2024

Gross loan

to value**

%

39.8

Annual interest 
rate

2.15 over 3 months 
£ LIBOR

Lender

Royal Bank of Scotland 

Scottish Widows Ltd. & Aviva 
Investors Real Estate Finance

Scottish Widows Ltd.

Santander UK

Retail eligible bond

55,000

165,000

36,000

65,870

321,870

50,000

371,870

165,000

December 2027

45.1

3.28 Fixed

36,000

December 2028

38.9

3.37 Fixed

June 2029

26.4

2.2 over 3 months 
£ LIBOR

44,416

294,000

50,000

August 2024

N/A

4.5 Fixed

344,000

* Before unamortised debt issue costs

** Based on Cushman and Wakefield property valuations

Table may not sum due to rounding

The Managers continue to monitor the borrowing requirements of the Group. As at 31 December 2019, the Group had substantial headroom 
against its borrowing covenants. 

The net gearing ratio (net debt to Ordinary Shareholders’ equity (diluted)) of the Group was 63.4% as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 64.1%). 

Interest cover, including amortised costs, stands at 3.6 times (31 December 2018: 2.3 times) including the ZDP shares, and 3.6 times excluding 
the ZDP shares (31 December 2018: 2.7 times). The interest cover, including amortised costs, increase was a result of the reduction of 
borrowings following the repayment of the ZDP shares on 9 January 2019.

HEDGING

The Group applies an interest hedging strategy that is aligned to the property management strategy and aims to mitigate interest rate 
volatility on at least 90% of the debt exposure.

Borrowings interest rate hedged (incl. ZDP)

Thereof:

Fixed

Swap

Cap

WACD1

WACD – excluding the ZDPs2

Table may not sum due to rounding 

1 WACD - Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate including the cost of hedging

2 Zero Dividend Preference Shares, which were assumed on 24 March 2017 and fully repaid on 9 January 2019

31 December 
2019
(%)

108.1

73.0

17.6

17.6

3.5

3.5

31 December 
2018 
(%)

102.0

76.5

12.8

12.8

3.8

3.5

The over hedged position has arisen due to the entire Royal Bank of Scotland and Santander UK facilities, including any undrawn balances, 
being hedged by interest rate cap derivatives which have no ongoing cost to the Group. 

47

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Asset and Investment Managers’ Report (continued)

TAX

The Group entered the UK REIT regime on 7 November 2015 and all of the Group’s UK property rental operations became exempt from UK 
corporation tax from that date. The exemption remains subject to the Group’s continuing compliance with the UK REIT rules. 

On 9 January 2018, the Company registered for VAT purposes in England. 

At 31 December 2019, the Group recognised a tax credit of £0.3m, which comprised tax provisions for the year offset by releases of tax 
previously provided for in prior years which are now concluded and not payable.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND COVID-19

The wellbeing of our tenants and other stakeholders in the Company are of utmost importance to the Board and we continue to manage the 
Company, cognisant of their needs in this current environment. 

On 20 February 2020, the Company announced a potential equity fundraise to take advantage of its growing near-term pipeline of accretive 
growth. As a result of the current market uncertainty caused by the global spread of COVID-19, the Company took the decision to withdraw the 
potential equity fundraise. 

On 31 March 2020, and in view of the COVID-19 disruption to UK economic activity the Company announced a trading update. The rental 
collections were slightly reduced as at 30 March 2020, with 68.2% of invoiced rental income collected in comparison with 69.6% at the same 
date in 2019. In addition, £30.7m of available borrowing headroom from the Santander UK and Royal Bank of Scotland facilities had been 
drawn.

The Board will continue to closely monitor the developing situation and its effect on the Group, although the Board is re-assured by the 
Company’s balance sheet, the breadth of tenants and geographical spread of assets, which will ensure it is well positioned to mitigate any 
prolonged periods of uncertainty.

48

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: Columbus House, Coventry
Sector: Office

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

The Board acknowledges that it faces a number of risks which could impact the achievement of its strategy, and that effective risk management 
is essential to the Group. A robust assessment is undertaken of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model and future performance, solvency or liquidity. 

Although the Board believes that it has a robust framework of internal controls in place, this can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, 
assurance against material financial misstatement or loss and is designed to manage, not eliminate risk. 

The Group has established a risk management process to monitor and mitigate identifiable risks where possible, rather than eliminating them. 
The Audit Committee reviews the risk management matrix on a six-monthly basis. The below list sets out the current identifiable principal risks 
in no particular order which the Board is monitoring but does not purport to be an exhaustive list of all the risks faced by the Group. 

The Board is aware that material emerging risks will arise which, to date, are not deemed material nor warrant significant resources to monitor. 
As and when such risks are identified, the Group will put in place controls to monitor and mitigate. 

Principal Risk Summary

Movement trend in the period 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Inappropriate investment strategy

Valuation

COVID-19

Economic and political 

Funding

Tenant 

Financial and tax changes

Operational

Accounting, legal and regulatory

10.

Environmental and efficiency standards

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Strategic Risks 

An inappropriate investment strategy 
could result in lower income and capital 
returns to Shareholders.

The property portfolio remains balanced 
across a range of geographical areas and 
large number of investment properties.

The Group continues to purchase 
properties in the UK outside the M25 
motorway.

An annual review of the investment 
strategy.

A defined and rigorous investment 
appraisal process.

Acquire portfolios which offer Shareholders 
diversification of investment risk by 
investing in a range of geographical areas 
and number of properties.

Supply and demand market information 
is reviewed continuously to assist in 
acquisitions and disposals.

Only acquiring office and industrial 
properties in the UK and outside of the 
M25 motorway. However, the Group may 
invest in property portfolios in which up to 
50% of the properties (by market value) 
are situated within the M25 motorway.

50

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Key to risk trendTrend upTrend downNo changeNo single property, in the ordinary course 
of business, is expected to exceed 10% 
of the Group’s aggregate Investment 
Properties. However, the Board may, in 
exceptional circumstances, consider a 
property having a value of up to 20% of 
the Group’s investment property value at 
the time of investment.

Tay House (31 December 2018: Tay House) 
remains the highest valued property, 
which equates to 4.3% (31 December 
2018: 4.6%) of the Group’s investment 
properties.

No more than 20% of the Group’s 
investment property value shall be 
exposed to any single tenant or group 
undertaking of that tenant.

The Group’s largest single tenant exposure 
is 2.5% (31 December 2018: 2.7%) of gross 
rental income, being Barclays Bank PLC 
(31 December 2018: Barclays Bank PLC).

Speculative development (i.e. properties 
under construction, but excluding any 
refurbishment works, which have not been 
pre-let) is prohibited.

No speculative construction was 
undertaken in the year.

The value of the assets is protected by an 
active asset management programme, 
which is regularly reviewed against the 
business plan for each property.

The Asset Manager continues to actively 
manage the investment properties in 
accordance with market conditions and the 
individual asset programme.

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Valuation Risk

The valuation of the Group’s portfolio 
affects its profitability and net assets.

Cushman & Wakefield provide the 
valuation for the entire portfolio.

External valuers, Cushman & Wakefield 
provide independent valuations for all 
properties and in accordance with the RICS 
Red Book.

The Audit Committee has the opportunity 
to discuss with the external valuers the 
basis of their valuations.

The Asset Manager’s experience and 
extensive property market knowledge and 
are able to challenge the external valuers 
findings.

The Company’s Auditor to engage an 
independent third party to evaluate 
Cushman & Wakefield valuation.

51

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Principal Risks and Uncertainties (continued)

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

COVID-19

This was a completely new and unforeseen 
risk. However, the Group continues 
to scrutinise all current risk mitigation 
approaches employed and to work closely 
with all parties through this disruptive period. 

The economic disruption resulting from 
COVID-19 virus could impact rental 
incomes, the ability to access funding at 
competitive rates, maintain a progressive 
dividend policy, and adhere to the HMRC 
REIT regime requirements, especially if 
associated restrictions are in place for 
greater than one year. 

The retention of the Asset and Investment 
Manager will be pivotal in the near-term in 
maintaining the rental income, given their 
experience and corporate memory. The 
Company and the Managers each agreed 
to waive their right to issue a termination 
notice on or before 3 November 2020 
and the management agreement will now 
continue in force until 3 November 2023.

The Asset Manager stands ready, should it 
be required, to support tenants in accessing 
UK Government financial assistance.

The Asset Manager, where appropriate, has 
put in place social distancing measures as 
advised by the government.

The available borrowing facility headroom 
has been drawn down from Santander UK 
and Royal Bank of Scotland.

The Company is no longer considering 
a potential equity fundraise and any 
associated property acquisitions.

Close relationships with lenders ensuring 
early dialogue around covenants.

Dividend distributions remain under review.

Economic and political Risk

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Significant political events could impact 
the health of the UK economy, resulting in 
borrowing constraints, change in demand 
by tenants for suitable properties, the 
quality of the tenants, and ultimately the 
portfolio value.

The Group operates with a sole focus on 
the UK regions, with no foreign currency 
exchange exposure. It remains well 
positioned with a deliberately diverse 
standard industry classification of tenants 
generating in excess of 900 (31 December 
2018: 800) income streams which are 
located in areas of expected economic 
growth. 

The Board receives advice on macro-
economic risks from the Investment Manager 
and other Advisers and acts accordingly.

There remains a risk that property 
valuations and the occupancy market may 
be impacted by the ongoing negotiations 
during the Brexit transition period.   

52

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Funding Risk 

The Group may not be able to secure 
further debt on acceptable terms, 
which may impinge upon investment 
opportunities and the ability to grow the 
Group.

Borrowings are currently provided by 
a range of institutions with targeted 
staggered maturities. 

Strong relationships with key long-term 
lenders.

Funding options are constantly reviewed 
with an emphasis on reducing the weighted 
average cost of capital and lengthening the 
weighted average debt to maturity. 

Continual monitoring of LTV.

Weighted average debt term increased to 
7.3 years from 6.4 years in 2018.

Weighted average cost of capital, including 
hedging costs was 3.5% (31 December 
2018: 3.8%).

LTV increased to 38.9% from 38.3% at 
31 December 2018.

Bank reference interest rates may be set to 
rise accompanying higher inflation.

Policy of hedging at least 90% of variable 
interest rate borrowings.

Continued adherence to the hedging 
policy.

Borrowings are currently provided by 
a range of institutions with targeted 
staggered maturities. 

Tenant Risk

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Type of tenant and concentration of tenant 
could result in lower income from reduced 
lettings or defaults.

A high concentration of lease term 
maturity and/or break options could result 
in a more volatile contracted rent roll.

This risk remains stable in view of the 
increasing diversification of properties, 
tenants and geographies in the portfolio. 

The tenant mix and their underlying 
activity has continued to increasingly 
diversify, with the number of tenants 
amounting to 904 at the year end 
(31 December 2018: 874).

The WAULT to first break as at 
31 December 2019 was 3.5 years 
(31 December 2018: 3.4)

The largest tenant is 2.5% of the gross 
rental income, being Barclays Bank PLC 
(31 December 2018: 2.7%).

The Asset Management team remains 
vigilant to the health of current tenants 
and continues to liaise with occupiers and 
agents.

An active asset management programme 
with a focus on the Asset Manager working 
with individual tenants to assess any 
occupational issues and to manage any 
potential bad debts.

Diversified portfolio of properties let, 
where possible, to a large number of 
low risk tenants across a wide range of 
different standard industrial classifications 
throughout the UK.

Potential acquisitions are reviewed for 
tenant overlap.

The portfolio lease and maturity 
concentrations are monitored by the 
experienced Asset Manager to minimise 
concentration.

There is a focus on securing early renewals 
and increased lease period.

The requirement for suitable tenants and 
the quality of the tenant is managed by 
the experienced Asset Manager which 
maintains close relationships with current 
tenants and with letting agents. 

53

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Principal Risks and Uncertainties (continued)

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Financial and Tax Change Risk

Changes to the UK REIT and non–REIT 
regimes, tax and financial legislation.

The Board receives advice on these changes 
where appropriate and will act accordingly.

Advice is received from a number of 
corporate advisers including Grant 
Thornton UK LLP and the Group adapts to 
changes as required.

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Operational Risk

Business disruption could impinge on the 
normal operations of the Group.

Both the Asset and Investment Managers 
annually review their Disaster and Business 
Continuity Plans.

The Asset and Investment Managers 
each have contingency plans in place to 
ensure there are no disruptions to the core 
infrastructure, including cyber security 
measures, which would impinge on the 
normal operations of the Group. These 
plans have been implemented in adherence 
to COVID-19 government guidelines, with 
limited disruption to operations.

An annual due diligence exercise is carried 
out on all principal third-party service 
providers.

Annual due diligence visits were 
undertaken with the Company’s principal 
third party service providers.

As an externally managed investment 
Company, there is a continued reliance on 
the Asset and Investment Managers.

There were no concerns identified from 
these visits. 

Both the Asset and Investment Manager 
are viable going concerns.

All acquisitions undergo a rigorous due 
diligence process and all multi-let properties 
undergo an annual comprehensive fire risk 
assessment.

The Asset Manager remains vigilant to 
changes in Health and Safety regulations, 
including, where required, COVID-19 social 
distancing measures.

The impact of physical damage and 
destruction to investment properties is 
mitigated by ensuring all are covered by a 
comprehensive building, loss of rent and 
service charge plus terrorism insurance with 
the exception of a small number of “self-
insure” arrangements covered under leases.

The Asset Manager reviews the adequacy 
of insurance cover on an ongoing basis.

54

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Accounting, Legal, and Regulatory

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Changes to accounting, legal and/or 
regulatory legislation could result in 
changes to current operating processes.

Robust processes are in place to ensure 
adherence to accounting, legal, regulatory 
requirements, and Listing Rules.

The Group continues to receive advice 
from its corporate advisers and has 
incorporated changes where required.

All contracts are reviewed by the Group’s 
legal advisers.

The Administrator, in its capacity as Group 
Accountant, and the Company Secretary 
attend all Board meetings in order to be 
aware of all announcements that need to 
be made. 

All compliance issues are raised with the 
Financial Adviser.

The Administrator and Company Secretary 
continue to attend all Board meetings 
and advise on Listing Rule requirements in 
conjunction with the Corporate Broker and 
Financial Adviser.

Potential impact

Mitigation

Movement in the period

Environmental and Energy Efficiency Standards

The Group’s cost base could be impacted, 
and management time diverted, due to 
climate changes and associated legislation.

Changes to the environment could impact 
upon the operations of the Group.

The Board receives regular updates on 
environmental, social, governance and 
potential legislation changes (e.g. the 
Government Green Finance Strategy July 
2019) from its advisers. 

The Group is currently reviewing its 
approach to these emerging risks with the 
assistance of specialist external advisers.

Property acquisitions undergo a rigorous 
due diligence process, including an 
environmental assessment.

The Asset Manager monitors the portfolio 
for any detrimental environmental impact, 
by way of frequent inspections of the 
properties, and the annual insurance 
review process.

An Energy Performance Rating of E and 
below is required for each asset in order to 
be let or sold.

The Group continues to review each 
property to ensure adherence with Energy 
Performance Rating requirements.

The energy efficiency of investment 
acquisitions is fully considered as part of 
the buying due diligence.

Emerging Risks

Additional attention is currently being 
devoted in this area to ensure the 
appropriate approach and indicators are 
applied. 

The rigour of the environmental 
assessments process continues to be 
reviewed with the aim of enhancing it.

The Asset Manager is continually 
reviewing the feasibility of enhancing 
Energy Performance Ratings to exceed the 
minimum requirement.

In reviewing the principal risks, the Board also considers emerging risks on a regular basis. The Company has a procedure in place to identify 
emerging risks and manages them accordingly. One key emerging risk that was identified but is now considered an actual principal risk to the 
Company is COVID-19, as detailed above. 

Changes to the Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

The Board, via the Audit Committee, has agreed the movement during the period to each of the identified principal risks and uncertainties 
following review of these risks, having considered the characteristics of these and the economic and geo-political factors. Any impact of 
these risks to the Company’s future strategy is considered on an ongoing basis.

55

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: One & Two Newstead Court, Annesley
Sector: Office

Property Manager
London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited has been 
appointed to manage the day-to-day property management of each 
property within the portfolio. A Property Management fee of 4%, 
based upon the gross rental yield, is charged per annum. 

Investment Manager and Alternative Investment 
Fund Manager
The Company appointed Toscafund Asset Management LLP as the 
Company’s Investment Manager (and to provide certain related 
services to Midco and the respective companies which hold property 
directly). The Investment Manager is responsible for the day-to-
day management of the Company’s investments, subject to the 
Investment Objectives and the Investment Policy of the Company. 
The Investment Manager is the Alternative Investment Fund Manager 
(“AIFM”) under the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive 
(“AIFMD”). 

Notwithstanding the above terms, the Investment Management 
Agreement shall terminate with immediate effect in certain 
circumstances, including the Investment Manager ceasing for any 
reason to be authorised under FSMA to carry out the regulated 
activity of managing an AIF, or the Investment Manager committing 
a material breach of its obligations either (i) not capable of being 
remedied (after the Company has served notice to terminate) or (ii) 
which is capable of being remedied and failing to remedy the same 
within 30 days after service of notice by the Company requesting the 
same to be remedied.

At any time after the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the date of 
the Investment Management Agreement (3 November 2020) and 
(ii) the first date on which EPRA NAV exceeds £750,000,000, the 
Board and the Investment Manager may decide, with the approval of 
an ordinary resolution (upon which neither the Investment Manager 
nor its associates may vote) that individuals providing the services 
under the Investment Management Agreement are to become an 
internal resource of the Company in lieu of the appointment of the 
Investment Manager under the Investment Management Agreement.

Management Arrangements

The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s activities, 
including the review of investment activity and performance and the 
control and supervision of all suppliers of services to the Company, 
including the Asset Manager and Investment Manager. It is also 
responsible for the determination of the Company’s investment 
policy and strategy and the Company’s system of internal and 
financial controls, including ensuring that commercial risks and 
financing needs are properly considered and that the obligations of a 
public limited company are adhered to.

To assist the Board in the day-to-day operations of the Company, 
arrangements have been put in place to delegate authority for 
the performance of day-to-day operations of the Company to the 
Asset Manager, Investment Manager and other third-party service 
providers.  

Asset Manager 
The Asset Management Agreement was assigned to London & 
Scottish Property Investment Management Limited on 3 May 2019 
from an existing entity within the Asset Manager group following 
a restructure. The Asset Manager is engaged to provide asset 
management services to the Company, Regional Commercial Midco 
Limited (“Midco”) and the respective Group limited companies which 
hold the properties directly. 

Under the Asset Management Agreement, the Asset Manager is 
responsible for the day-to-day asset management of the Property 
Portfolio, subject to the Investment Objectives of the Company, its 
Investment Policy (as set out on page 16) and the overall supervision 
of the Board. The Asset Manager will also advise the Company on the 
acquisition, management and disposal of the Group’s properties.

Notwithstanding the above terms, the Asset Management Agreement 
may be terminated with immediate effect in certain circumstances, 
including a material unremedied breach by the Asset Manager. 

The Company or Midco may terminate the Asset Management 
Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to the 
Asset Manager in the event of the liquidation or insolvency (or 
analogous event) of the Asset Manager.

At any time after the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the date of 
the Asset Management Agreement (3 November 2020) and (ii) the 
first date on which EPRA NAV exceeds £750,000,000, the Board and 
the Asset and Investment Manager may decide, with the approval of 
an ordinary resolution (upon which neither the Asset Manager nor its 
associates may vote) that individuals providing the services under the 
Asset Management Agreement are to become an internal resource of 
the Company in lieu of the appointment of the Asset Manager under 
the Asset Management Agreement.

57

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Management Arrangements (continued)

Administrator
The Company appointed Jupiter Fund Services Limited as the 
Administrator to the Company pursuant to an Administration 
Agreement. Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the 
Administrator is responsible for the Company’s general administrative 
functions such as maintaining the Company’s records and statutory 
registers and acting as the Company’s Designated Administrator. 
The Administrator has outsourced certain of its services under the 
Administration Agreement to Link Alternative Fund Administrators 
Limited as Sub-Administrator. An annual fee of £133,695 is payable 
by the Company to the Administrator and Sub-Administrator in 
respect of these services. 

The Administration Agreement was for an initial term of one year, 
following which it automatically renews for 12-month periods unless 
notice of termination is served by either party at least 90 days prior 
to the end of each period.

Company Secretary 
Link Company Matters Limited was appointed to provide company 
secretarial services to the Company pursuant to a Company 
Secretarial Services Agreement. This agreement automatically renews 
for 12-month periods unless notice of termination is served by either 
party at least six months prior to the end of each period.

Management and Performance Fees
The Asset and Investment Managers are each entitled, in each 
financial year (or part thereof), to 50% of an annual management 
fee on a scaled rate of 1.1% of the Company’s EPRA NAV, reducing to 
0.9% on net assets over £500,000,000. The fee shall be payable in 
cash quarterly in arrears. 

In addition, the Asset and Investment Managers are each entitled 
to 50% of a performance fee. The fee is calculated at a rate of 15% 
of Total Shareholder Returns in excess of the annual Hurdle Rate of 
8% for the relevant Performance Period. Total Shareholder Returns 
for any Performance Period consists of the sum of any increase or 
decrease in EPRA NAV per Ordinary Share and the total dividends 
per Ordinary Share declared in the Performance Period. The Initial 
Performance Period ran from 6 November 2015 to 31 December 
2018. Subsequent Performance Periods are annual, from 1 January 
to 31 December. Any performance fee payable for the period 
commencing 1 January 2019 and subsequent periods is to be paid in 
part 34% in cash and 66% in Ordinary Shares. Any Ordinary Shares 
issued to the Managers are to be issued at the prevailing price per 
Ordinary Share on the date of issue.

A performance fee is only payable in respect of a Performance Period 
where the EPRA NAV per Ordinary Share exceeds the High-water 
mark, which is equal to the greater of the highest year-end EPRA 
NAV per Ordinary Share in any previous Performance Period or the 
Placing Price (100p per Ordinary Share). Full details of the Managers' 
performance fee are given on pages 160 to 162 of the Company’s 
Prospectus, published on 24 June 2019.

Performance Fee
As reported in the Chairman’s Statement on page 13, a performance 
fee was not crystallised for the performance fee period from 1 January 
2019 to 31 December 2019.

Continuing Appointment of Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager
The management agreements between the Company, the Asset and 
the Investment Managers had an initial five-year term to November 
2020. Following a thorough review, the Management Engagement 
and Remuneration Committee (“MERC”) recommended to the 
Board the continued appointment of both the Asset and Investment 
Managers, on similar terms of their respective agreements, which 
the MERC considered to remain commercial and reasonable. The 
Independent Directors were of the opinion that the Managers 
had executed the investment strategy according to the Board’s 
expectations. The Board agreed that this was in the best interests 
of the Company and its Shareholders as a whole and approved the 
MERC’s recommendation. Accordingly, the Company, the Asset 
Manager and the Investment Manager have each waived their right 
to serve a termination notice on or before 3 November 2020 and, 
therefore, the management agreements will now continue in force 
until 3 November 2023. Notwithstanding this decision, the MERC 
will continue to review the performance of the Asset and Investment 
Managers on an annual basis. 

58

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Other Information

Principal Activity
The Company has been incorporated for the purpose of investment 
in, holding and managing commercial property investments, or debt 
portfolios secured on such properties, which are located predominately 
in the regional centres of the UK outside the M25 motorway. 

Status
The Company is incorporated in Guernsey, Channel Islands and is 
registered with the Guernsey Financial Services Commission as a 
Registered Closed-Ended Collective Investment Scheme pursuant 
to the Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 1987, as 
amended and the Registered Collective Investment Schemes Rules 
2018. It is a member of the AIC. 

Status for Taxation
The Director of Income Tax in Guernsey has granted the Company 
exemption from Guernsey income tax under the Income Tax (Exempt 
Bodies) (Guernsey) Ordinance, 1989 and the income of the Company 
may be distributed or accumulated without deduction of Guernsey 
income tax. Exemption under the above-mentioned Ordinance 
entails the Company to pay an annual fee of £1,200.

During the year, the Company’s properties have been held in various 
subsidiaries and associates, the majority of which are subject to UK 
Income Tax. In each instance, any tax due is computed after deduction 
of debt financing costs and other allowances as appropriate.

On 9 January 2018, the Company registered for VAT purposes in 
England and has recovered VAT incurred since November 2015. 

Shareholders who are in any doubt concerning the taxation 
implications of a REIT should consult their own tax advisers.

Stakeholder Engagement and Board Decision 
Making
In accordance with the AIC Code of Corporate Governance, the 
Board is required to understand the views of the Company’s key 
stakeholders and describe in the Annual Report how their interests 
and the matters set out in section 172 of the UK’s Companies Act 
200614 have been considered in Board discussions and decision 
making. This section of the UK’s Companies Act requires the Directors 
to have regard to the following matters:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others;

the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and 
the environment;

the Company’s reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and

the need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The Board is of the view that effective engagement with all of its 
stakeholders plays an important role and underpins good governance 
and creates long-term value. 

The importance of stakeholder considerations, in particular in the 
context of decision making, is taken into account at every Board 
meeting. All discussions involve careful consideration of the longer-term 
consequences of any decisions and their implications for stakeholders. 
Examples of material matters discussed during the year are set out in the 
Chairman’s Statement. In addition, the Investment Strategy and Business 
Model set on pages 16 to 20 gives examples of how we approach each 
specific element of our strategy which supports the business model, this 
includes an explanation of our values and approach.  

Examples of the Board having taken into consideration its 
stakeholders in decisions are set where relevant below. 

Our Stakeholders
The Board seeks to understand the needs and priorities of the 
Company’s stakeholders and these are taken into account during 
all its discussions and as part of its decision making. During the 
period under review, the Board has discussed which parties should 
be considered as stakeholders of the Company. As the Company is 
an externally-managed REIT and does not have any employees, the 
Board believes that the Company’s key stakeholders comprise, in 
no particular order, its tenants, Shareholders and its Managers. The 
section below discusses why these stakeholders are considered of 
importance to the Company and the actions taken to ensure that 
their interests are taken into account.

Tenants 
The ability of the Company to meet its objective requires a strong 
focus on generating income from the property portfolio. To do this, the 
Company must understand its tenants needs, challenges and future 
aspirations to retain lettings and lease renewals. The Company has 
engaged a dedicated property manager, London and Scottish Property 
Asset Management Limited (“LSPAM”) to manage the day-to-day 
property management. LSPAM communicates regularly with existing 
tenants to understand their needs and improve their satisfaction. This 
improves retention rates and also attracts prospective tenants. 

The Board recognises that the Company has certain responsibility to its 
Shareholders, stakeholders and the wider society. While an externally-
managed REIT, the Company itself does not have employees, the 
Company aims to conduct itself responsibly, ethically and fairly and 
has sought to ensure that the Asset Manager takes account of social, 
environmental and ethical factors where appropriate. The Board has 
welcomed the Asset Manager’s increased commitment to improve the 
environmental and sustainability performance of the Company. 

An example of how the interests of our tenants are taken into 
consideration and acted upon was in respect of the letting of  
800 Aztec West, Bristol. The Asset Manager met with the tenant 
prior to them leasing the space regarding the tenant’s security 
requirements and was able to ensure that these requirements were 
met prior to them signing the lease. 

14  Although Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 does not apply to the Company, the AIC Code requires that the matters stated under Section 172 are reported on by all companies 

irrespective of domicile.

59

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Other Information (continued)

Shareholders
Continued Shareholder support and engagement are critical to the 
existence of the Company and the delivery of its long-term strategy. The 
Board is committed to maintaining open channels of communication 
and engagement with Shareholders which is given a high priority by 
both the Board and the Managers. The Chairman ensures that the Board 
as a whole has a clear understanding of the views of Shareholders by 
receiving regular updates from the Company’s Corporate Broker and 
Financial Adviser and Managers. 

The Managers and the Company’s Corporate Broker and Financial 
Adviser are in regular contact with major Shareholders, which include 
meetings and roadshows. The Managers report the results of all meetings 
and the views of those Shareholders to the Board on a regular basis. At 
every Board meeting, the Directors receive an investor relations update 
from the Investment Manager on the share trading activity, share price 
performance and any Shareholder feedback, as well as an update from 
the Investment Manager on any publications or comments by press 
and analysts. The Chairman and the other Directors are available to 
attend these meetings with Shareholders if required. Relations with 
Shareholders are also considered as part of the annual Board evaluation 
process. For further details regarding this process see page 77.  

All Shareholders are encouraged to vote at the annual general meeting 
(“AGM”), during which the Board and the Managers intend to make 
themselves available to discuss issues affecting the Company and answer 
any questions. The Asset Manager generally delivers a presentation 
on the Company’s performance and the future outlook at the AGM. 
Shareholders have an opportunity to meet the Directors and to ask the 
Managers or any of the Directors questions. Shareholders wishing to raise 
questions or concerns directly with the Chairman, Senior Independent 
Director or Company Secretary, outside of the AGM, should do so using 
the contact details provided on page 143.  

The annual report and half-year report are made available on 
the Company’s website, together with other communications 
to Shareholders. These reports provide Shareholders with a clear 
understanding of the Company’s performance and financial position. 
This information is supported by regular announcements on activity 
within the property portfolio such as lettings, lease extensions and 
acquisitions announced via the stock exchange and are also available on 
the Company’s website. 

The Asset Manager and Investment Manager 
The performance of both the Asset Manager and Investment Manager 
is critical for the Company to successfully deliver its investment 
strategy and meet its objective to provide Shareholders with an 
attractive total return of greater than 10% per annum.  

Maintaining a close and constructive working relationship with the 
Managers is crucial as the Board and the Managers aim to achieve 
the investment objective. Important components in the collaboration 
with the Managers, representative of the Company’s culture are: 

• 

• 

• 

Encouraging open discussion with the Managers;

Recognising that the interests of Shareholders and the Managers 
are for the most part well aligned, adopting a tone of constructive 
challenge, balanced when those interests are not fully congruent 
by robust negotiation of their terms of engagement;

Drawing on Board Members’ individual experience to support 
the Managers in the monitoring and development of the 
property portfolio; and

•  Willingness to make the Board Members’ experience available 
to support the Managers in the sound long-term development 
of its business and resources, recognising that the long-term 
health of the Managers is in the interests of Shareholders in the 
Company. 

Other Service Providers
The Company’s day-to-day operational functions are delegated to a 
number of third-party service providers, each engaged under separate 
contracts. The Company’s principal third-party service providers 
include the Company Secretary, Corporate Broker and Financial 
Adviser, Administrator, Legal Adviser, Tax Adviser, Auditor and the 
Registrar. The Company relies on these reputable advisers for support 
in complying with all relevant legal and regulatory obligations. The 
Board maintains regular contact with its key third-party service 
providers, taking a constructive and positive approach to working 
with these service providers with the aim of building long-term 
relationships. Their advice, as well as their needs and views, are 
routinely taken into account. 

The Audit Committee reviews and evaluates the control 
environments in place at the key third-party service providers. 
Further details regarding the role of the Audit Committee are set out 
on pages 82 to 85. The Management Engagement Remuneration 
Committee formally assess their performance, fees and continuing 
appointment at least annually to ensure that the key third-party 
service providers continue to function at an acceptable level. Further 
information about the review of third-party service providers is set 
out on page 86.

The above mechanisms for engaging with stakeholders are kept under 
review by the Directors and will be discussed on a regular basis at 
Board meetings to ensure that they remain effective.

60

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Culture
The Board has established core values for the Company that align 
with the Company’s purpose, culture and strategy. These are set out 
on page 2. The Directors are aware that establishing and maintaining 
a healthy corporate culture amongst the Board and in its interaction 
with the Managers, Shareholders and other stakeholders will support 
the delivery of its purpose and investment strategy. 

The Board’s culture itself is one of openness, collaboration and 
transparency of debate. The Directors are comfortable to give 
their opinions in a respectful environment, allowing challenge and 
constructive discussion. The Board maintains a desire for strong 
governance and diversity. All Directors act with integrity, lead by 
example and seek to promote the Company’s culture through 
ongoing dialogue and engagement with its stakeholders, principally 
the Managers.

The Board seeks to appoint appropriate service providers and, 
through the MERC, evaluates their service on a regular basis as 
described on page 86. Their ongoing appointments are not only 
reflective of their performance by reference to their contractual 
and service level obligations, but also take into account the extent 
to which their individual corporate cultures align with those of 
the Company. The Board considers the culture of the Managers 
and other stakeholders, including their practices and behaviour, 
relationships with the Board and through regular reporting from 
these stakeholders, and in particular during the annual review of the 
performance and continuing appointment of all service providers.

The Strategic Report has been approved by the Board and signed on 
its behalf.

On behalf of the Board

Kevin McGrath
Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director

8 April 2020

61

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: Juniper Park, Basildon
Sector: Industrial

Board of Directors

Kevin McGrath MRICS DL OBE  
(Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015
Kevin McGrath is chairman of M&M Property Asset Management, having previously been managing 
director and senior adviser of F&C REIT Asset Management. Prior to F&C REIT, Kevin was a founding 
equity partner in REIT Asset Management, a property investment, finance and asset management 
partnership, which managed a global commercial property portfolio and had offices in London, Munich, 
Tel Aviv, Stockholm and Mumbai.

Prior to REIT Asset Management, Kevin was a senior investment surveyor with Hermes Investment 
Management, the fund manager for British Telecommunications and Post Office Pension Schemes. 
Before that, he worked for various local authorities in a variety of property-related positions and prior to 
that he worked in manufacturing and banking.

He also obtained a postgraduate diploma in Property Investment (Award Winner) from the College of Estate Management.

Kevin graduated from the Polytechnic of the South Bank with a BSc (Distinction) in Estate Management. 

He was the High Sheriff for Greater London in 2014/15 and is the Representative Deputy Lieutenant for the London Borough of Hammersmith 
and Fulham. Kevin is a chartered surveyor who has worked in the property industry for over 35 years, is a member of the Royal Institute of 
Chartered Surveyors and the Worshipful Company of Chartered Surveyors and is a Freeman of the City of London. He is a trustee of several 
charities including The Old Vic and The Clink Prison Restaurant Charity.

William Eason 
(Senior Independent Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015
William (“Bill”) Eason was previously head of charities with Quilter Cheviot and, before that, with 
Laing & Cruickshank. He had managed diversified high net worth portfolios since 1973 and became a 
member of the London Stock Exchange in 1976. Bill was chief investment officer at Laing & Cruickshank 
Investment Management and is a former chairman of Henderson High Income Trust plc and non-
executive director of The European Investment Trust plc. Bill is currently a director of Henderson 
International Income Trust plc and of Institutional Protection Services Ltd. He is a Chartered Fellow of 
the Chartered Institute for Securities and Investment. Amongst his charitable roles, Bill has acted as a 
governor of Henley Management School and is currently a trustee of Marshall’s Charity, The Gordon 
Foundation, the John Hampden Fund and a business fellow of Gray’s Inn. 

Daniel Taylor 
(Independent Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015
Daniel (“Dan”) Taylor is the chairman of Westchester Capital Limited, an investment and advisory firm 
specialising in real estate. Dan currently holds the role of managing partner of Bourne Office Space 
Limited, a privately held serviced office business based in London, in which Westchester Capital is a 
principal investor. From 2011 to 2015, Dan was chairman and a principal shareholder of AIM-listed 
Avanta Serviced Office Group plc, then the UK’s second largest serviced office provider. Prior to this, 
he was managing director of financier Grosvenor ParkMedia, Inc. for whom he managed a US$400m 
investment joint venture with Fortress Investment Group LLC providing finance to the media industry. 
From 1989 to 1999, Dan was president and founder of Victoria Asset Management Inc., an investment 
company in Houston, Texas, specialising in distressed real estate assets. Dan started his professional 
career as a financial analyst with Bank of America in San Francisco, and then as vice president at 
FirstBoston Inc., in charge of the institutional equity division based in London.

Dan has held directorships for various private and listed companies involving investment management, corporate finance and corporate 
governance roles. He has been registered with the FCA as an investment manager (CF30) and CF1-Director and has over the last 20 years held 
the following controlled functions at FCA (or predecessor) authorised firms: CF10-Compliance Oversight; CF11-Money Laundering Reporting; 
CF21-Investment Adviser; and CF27-Investment Management. Dan graduated from Stanford University in 1980.

64

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Frances Daley 
(Independent Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 1 February 2018
Frances Daley is a chartered accountant who qualified with a predecessor firm to Ernst & Young LLP. 
She subsequently spent nine years in corporate finance with Royal Bank of Canada and Ernst & Young, 
followed by 18 years in various chief financial officer roles, principally in the licensed retail sector  
(10 years) and in healthcare. From 2007 to 2012, she was group finance director of the private  
equity-backed Lifeways Group, the UK’s largest provider of specialist support to adults with learning 
disabilities and mental health needs. 

Frances is a non-executive director of Henderson Opportunities Trust Plc and chair of Baring Emerging 
Europe Plc. She is also chair of Haven House Children’s Hospice. 

Frances graduated from Cambridge University in 1980 with a degree in Land Economy.

Stephen Inglis  
(Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 16 October 2015
Stephen Inglis is the founder and chief executive officer of the Asset Manager. He has over 30 years’ 
experience in the commercial property market, the majority of which has been working in the investment 
and development sector. His career to date has been split between London and Scotland and he has 
gained extensive knowledge of the UK regional property markets. He is a chartered surveyor and became 
a member of RICS in 2001 and is also a member of the Investment Property Forum.

Timothy Bee 
(Non-Executive Director)
Appointed: 7 July 2017
Tim Bee is the Investment Manager’s chief legal counsel. He joined the Investment Manager in May 2014 
having previously been a corporate partner at two leading London-based law firms where he advised on a 
wide range of transactions for public and private companies, financial institutions and fund managers. He 
qualified as a solicitor in 1988 and has extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, equity capital 
markets and financial services.

65

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Report of the Directors

The Directors of Regional REIT are pleased to present their report and 
the consolidated audited financial statements of the Group for the year 
ended 31 December 2019. 

In accordance with the Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, the reports within the Corporate Governance 
section of the Annual Report and Accounts should be read in conjunction 
with one another, and the Strategic Report. As permitted, some of the 
matters normally included in the Directors’ Report have instead been 
included in the Strategic Report (pages 12 to 61) as the Board considers 
them to be of strategic importance.

Directors 
All Directors of the Company were in office during the whole of the 
year and at the date of this report. Their full biographies can be found 
on pages 64 and 65. Details of the Directors’ terms of appointment can 
be found in the Corporate Governance Statement and the Directors’ 
remuneration report. 

All Directors will stand for re-election at the 2020 AGM in accordance 
with the Company’s Articles and the AIC Code of Corporate Governance.  

The Directors ensure that they maintain their continuing professional 
development requirements in accordance with the requirements of their 
respective professions as well as receiving briefings from the Company 
Secretary and other Advisers on a regular basis.

Diversity
The Board of Directors of the Company comprises of five males and one 
female. 

The Board recognises the importance and benefits of improving the 
gender balance of the Board. Notwithstanding this, the Board does not 
consider that it would be appropriate to set diversity targets as all Board 
appointments are made on merit, against objective criteria and with due 
regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance is maintained through the 
Investment Manager’s own insurance policy. Save for the indemnity 
provisions in the Articles, there are no qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions in force. 

Directors
There is no requirement under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or the terms of their appointment for Directors to hold shares in the Company.

The beneficial interests of the Directors of the Company are set out in the table below:

Director

Kevin McGrath*

William Eason

Daniel Taylor**

Frances Daley

Stephen Inglis***

Timothy Bee****

* Held by his spouse and children.
** Held by his spouse and children. 
*** Held by himself and spouse.
**** Held beneficially by his spouse. 

At 31 December 2019

At 8 April 2020

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

% Interest in  
share capital

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

% Interest in 
 share capital

334,158

225,000

709,998

76,948

1,062,498

232,031

0.08

0.05

0.16

0.02

0.25

0.05

334,158

225,000

709,998

76,948

1,062,498

232,031

0.08

0.05

0.16

0.02

0.25

0.05

Share Capital
As at 31 December 2019, the Company’s total issued share capital was 431,506,583 Ordinary Shares (31 December 2018: 372,821,136).

All of the Company’s Ordinary Shares are listed on the premium listing segment of the London Stock Exchange and each Ordinary Share carries 
one vote. 

There is only one class of Ordinary Shares in issue for the Company, in adherence to the REIT requirements. The only other shares the Company 
may issue are particular types of non-voting restricted preference shares, of which none (2018: none) are currently in issue.

66

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Share Issues
At the AGM held on 23 May 2019, the Directors were granted 
authority to allot Ordinary Shares on a non-pre-emptive basis for 
cash up to a maximum number of 18,641,056 shares (being 5% of 
the issued share capital on 10 April 2019). The Directors were also 
granted the authority to disapply pre-emption rights in respect 
of the allotment of Ordinary Shares up to a maximum number 
of 18,641,056 shares (being 5% of the issued share capital on 
10 April 2019) where the allotment of such shares is for the sole 
purpose of financing an acquisition or other capital investment of 
a kind contemplated by the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of 
Principles. No shares were issued under these authorities, which were 
superseded by those authorities granted at the extraordinary general 
meeting held on 18 July 2019.

Purchase of Own Shares
At the AGM held on 23 May 2019, the Company was authorised to 
purchase up to a maximum of 37,282,113 of its own Ordinary Shares 
(being 10% of the Company’s issued share capital on 10 April 2019). 
No shares were bought back under this authority.

At the extraordinary general meeting held on 18 July 2019, the 
Company was authorised to purchase up to a maximum of 43,150,658 
of its own Ordinary Shares (being 10% of the entire issued share capital 
immediately following admission of the new shares), which replaced 
the existing authority granted at the AGM on 23 May 2019.

No shares have been purchased under this authority, which will 
expire at the Company’s 2020 AGM, where a resolution for its 
renewal will be sought. 

On 24 June 2019, the Company published a prospectus in relation 
to a placing, open offer and offer for subscription and intermediaries 
offer to raise gross proceeds of up to £50m (the “Capital Raise”). At 
an extraordinary general meeting held on 18 July 2019, the Directors 
were granted the authority to allot Ordinary Shares on a non-pre-
emptive basis up to a maximum number of 93,896,714 shares in 
connection with the Capital Raise, such authority to expire at the 
next AGM of the Company. 

On 19 July 2019, the Company issued 58,685,447 Ordinary Shares 
under this authority at a price of 106.5 pence per Ordinary Share 
pursuant to the Capital Raise. The new Ordinary Shares commenced 
trading on 23 July 2019. 

At the extraordinary general meeting held on 18 July 2019, the 
Directors were also granted the following general share issuance 
authorities, which replaced the existing general issuance authorities 
granted at the AGM on 23 May 2019:

(i)  The authority to allot Ordinary Shares on a non-pre-emptive 
basis for cash up to a maximum number of 21,575,329 shares 
(being 5% of the entire issued share capital immediately 
following admission of the new shares); and  

(ii)  the authority to disapply pre-emption rights in respect of 

the allotment of Ordinary Shares up to a maximum number 
of 21,575,329 shares (5% of the entire issued share capital 
immediately following admission of the new shares) where the 
allotment of such shares is for the sole purpose of financing an 
acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated 
by the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles. 

No shares have been issued under these authorities, which will expire 
at the Company’s 2020 AGM, where resolutions for their renewal will 
be sought.

Restrictions on the Transfer of Shares 
Subject to the Articles, as well as applicable foreign securities laws, 
a Shareholder may transfer all or any of his Ordinary Shares in any 
manner which is permitted by the Guernsey law or in any other 
manner which is from time to time approved by the Board. 

If any Ordinary Shares are owned directly, indirectly or beneficially 
by a person believed by the Board to be a “Non-Qualified Holder” 
(see below), the Board may give notice to such person requiring 
him either: (i) to provide the Board within 30 days of receipt of such 
notice with sufficient satisfactory documentary evidence to satisfy 
the Board that such person is not a Non-Qualified Holder, or (ii) to 
sell or transfer his Ordinary Shares to a person who is not a Non-
Qualified Holder within 30 days and within such 30 days to provide 
the Board with satisfactory evidence of such sale or transfer and 
pending such sale or transfer, the Board may suspend the exercise of 
any voting or consent rights and rights to receive notice of or attend 
any meeting of the Company and any rights to receive dividends 
or other distributions with respect to such Ordinary Shares. Where 
condition (i) or (ii) is not satisfied within 30 days after the serving of 
the notice, (i) the person will be deemed, upon the expiration of such 
30 days, to have forfeited his Ordinary Shares or (ii) if the Board in its 
absolute discretion so determines, the Company may dispose of the 
Ordinary Shares at the best price reasonably obtainable and pay the 
net proceeds of such a disposal to the former holder. 

A Non-Qualifying Holder is defined as any person whose ownership of 
Ordinary Shares, or the transfer of Ordinary Shares to such person, may:

cause the Company’s assets to be deemed “plan assets” for 
the purposes of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as 
amended), or US Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974 (as amended);

cause the Company to be required to register as an “investment 
company” under the US Investment Company Act 1940;

cause the Company or any of its securities to be required under the 
US Exchange Act, the US Securities Act or any similar legislation;

cause the Company not being considered a “Foreign Private 
Issuer”, as such term is defined in rule 3b-4(c) under the US 
Exchange Act;

cause the Investment Manager to be required to register as a 
municipal Adviser under the US Exchange Act;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

67

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Report of the Directors (continued)

• 

• 

• 

result in the Company being disqualified from issuing securities 
pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D under the US Securities Act;

• 

cause a loss of partnership status for US federal income tax 
purposes or a termination of the US partnership under US 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended), Section 708;

result in a person holding Ordinary Shares in violation of the 
transfer restrictions put forth in any prospectus published by the 
Company from time to time; or

cause the Company to be a “controlled foreign corporation” for 
the purposes of Section 957 of the US Internal Revenue Code 
of 1986 (as amended), or may cause the Company to suffer any 
pecuniary or tax disadvantage or any person who is deemed to be 
a Non-Qualified Holder by virtue of their refusal to provide the 
Company within formation that it requires in order to comply with 
its obligations under exchange of information agreements. 

Substantial Shareholdings
Information on major interests in shares provided to the Company under the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the FCA is 
published via a Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website.

The Company has received notification of the following disclosable interests in the voting rights of the Company:

Shareholder

At 31 December 2019

At 8 April 2020

Number of Ordinary 
Shares notified

% Interest in share 
capital

Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
notified

% Interest in share 
capital

Toscafund Asset Management LLP

27,154,198

6.29%

27,154,198

6.29%

The Company has not been informed of any other changes to the notifiable interests between 31 December 2019 and the date of this report.

As a company registered in Guernsey, the disclosure thresholds for such a non-UK issuer (in accordance with Disclosure Guidance & 
Transparency Rule 5) are 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 50% and 75%.

Dividend Policy
The Directors maintain a dividend policy which has due regard to 
sustainable levels of dividend cover and reflects the Directors’ views on 
the outlook for sustainable recurring earnings, subject to compliance 
with REIT status requirements. The Directors intend to reinvest 
proceeds from disposals of assets in accordance with the Company’s 
Investment Policy. 

Shareholders are not required to vote on the payment of a 
dividend under the Guernsey law at the Company’s AGM. Given 
the requirement to distribute at least 90% of qualifying property 
rental business income, it is not thought that this adversely impacts 
Shareholders’ rights. 

The Company intends to continue to pursue a progressive dividend 
policy and its quarterly dividends provide a source of regular income 
for Shareholders, thus improving their cashflow return profile. 
However, in view of ongoing circumstances, the Company reserves the 
right to review future dividend payments.

• 

• 

For the purpose of determining the profits available for a 
dividend distribution, the Company continues to choose to 
treat all of its net income from the Property Related Business as 
qualifying property income, notwithstanding that the Company 
accounts for both property income and interest income.

The payment and level of dividends will always remain subject to 
the Company’s performance, its financial position, the business 
outlook and to market conditions. 

• 

• 

It is the Company’s intention to continue to declare and pay 
dividends on a quarterly basis. The dividends for the first, second 
and third quarters of any specific financial year are expected to 
be declared at or near the same level on a pence per share basis 
(if necessary, as adjusted for any capital raising, consolidation 
or split). The fourth-quarter dividend in relation to that same 
financial year will be declared to at least manage compliance 
with the REIT distribution requirement.

The Board will resolve to declare any dividends at an appropriate 
time after the end of the relevant quarter dates, being 31 March, 
30 June, 30 September and 31 December. The dividends will be 
paid approximately one month after being declared. 

In order to maintain REIT status, the Company is required to meet a 
minimum distribution test for each accounting period that it is a REIT. 
This minimum distribution test requires the Company to distribute 
at least 90% of the income profits (broadly, calculated using normal 
tax rules) of the Group to the extent that they are derived from the 
Property Related Business of the Group (other than any Property 
Related Business carried on outside the UK by non-UK tax resident 
members of the Group).

The Company has the ability, by ordinary resolution, to offer 
Shareholders the right to elect to receive further Ordinary Shares, 
credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of all or any part of 
any dividend (a scrip dividend). At the current time, and following a 
consultation with Shareholders, it is not the Directors’ intention to 
offer a scrip dividend option.

68

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Results and Dividends 
A summary of the Company’s performance during the year and the 
outlook for the forthcoming year is set out on pages 22 to 48.

The Company also encourages investors and analysts to utilise its on-
line facilities and communications and has developed a comprehensive 
website of Group-specific information and other information generally 
useful to real estate investment trust investors and analysts.

During 2019, the Company declared three quarterly dividends, each 
of 1.90pps. A fourth quarterly dividend of 2.55pps for the year ended 
31 December 2019 was declared on 27 February 2020. This dividend 
will be paid on 9 April 2020 to Shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 6 March 2020. The ex-dividend date was 5 March 2020. 

Corporate Governance Statement
The Directors are committed to establishing and maintaining high 
standards of corporate governance, in line with best practice. The Board 
works closely with the Company Secretary in this regard. The Board is 
accountable to Shareholders for the governance of the Group’s affairs. 

The Corporate Governance Statement on pages 74 to 79 forms part of  
this report.

Stakeholder Engagement
While the Company has no employees, suppliers or customers, 
the Directors give regular consideration to the need to foster the 
Company’s business relationships with its stakeholders, in particular 
with tenants, Shareholders, the Managers and other service providers. 
The effect of this consideration upon the principal decisions taken by 
the Company during the financial year is set out in further detail in the 
Strategic Report on pages 12 to 61.

Relations with Shareholders 
Communication with Shareholders remains of critical importance to 
the Board, who believe that understanding the views of Shareholders 
is a key factor in the Group’s strategic direction and successful 
development of the business.

The Company places considerable emphasis on maintaining an open 
dialogue with Shareholders, and in particular institutions and wealth 
managers. It has a regular schedule of announcements and additional 
announcements as required. In addition, meetings are held with 
institutional Shareholders, private Shareholders, wealth managers, 
and sell-side equity analysts to present the Group’s financial and 
operational results and to discuss the strategy and business model, as 
well as the UK regional commercial property market. 

Representatives of both the Asset and Investment Managers 
conducted several roadshows during the 2019 successful capital 
equity raise, meeting both existing and potential Shareholders. These 
representatives also regularly meet institutional Shareholders to 
discuss strategy and to understand any concerns or issues. The results 
of such meetings are reported at the following Board meeting. 

The Board receives a regular investor relations report summarising 
Shareholder contact, sell-side analysts’ research, media coverage, and 
share price movements. In addition, the Board receives feedback from 
its Corporate Broker and Financial Adviser on Shareholder matters.

Shareholders are encouraged to vote at the Company’s AGM, 
which provides a forum for communication with both private and 
institutional Shareholders alike. The Board makes itself available at 
the AGM to answer Shareholder questions. The Chairman, and as 
necessary all other members of the Board, are also available to meet 
with Shareholders throughout the year. 

The Annual Report, notice of AGM including proposed resolutions, the 
interim results and all other announcements by the Group, are made 
available on the Group’s website. In addition, Shareholders, and any 
other interested parties, can register for email alerts of the Group’s 
announcements.

Financial Risk Management 
The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group and the 
Group’s policies for managing these risks are set out on pages 50 to 55.

The principal financial risks relating to financial instruments, including the 
Company’s retail eligible sterling bonds, and details of the risk mitigation 
factors relating to these financial instruments are set out in note 30. 

Going Concern
The Directors have made an assessment of the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern which included the current uncertainties 
created by COVID-19, coupled with the Group’s cash resources, 
borrowing facilities, rental income, acquisition and disposals of 
investment properties, elective and committed capital expenditure, 
and dividend distributions. 

The Group ended the year under review with £37.3m of cash and cash 
equivalents, of which £34.7m was unrestricted cash. In light of current 
uncertainties, the Directors prudently decided to draw down £30.7m 
of available borrowing headroom from the Santander UK and Royal 
Bank of Scotland facilities on 26 March 2020. As at 30 March 2020, 
the cash and cash equivalents amounted to £68.8m, of which £64.4m 
was unrestricted. As a result of the drawdown, the borrowing facilities 
increased from £344.0m at the year ended 31 December 2019 to 
£371.9m as at 31 March 2020, with an LTV of c. 39%, based upon the 
value of Company’s investment properties as at 31 December 2019. In 
respect of the Company’s borrowings, the first of its facilities to mature 
is for £55.0m in June 2024, and is held with the Royal Bank of Scotland.

As at 30 March 2020, the first quarter 2020 rent collected was only 
c. 1.4% reduced from the position as at the same date in the first quarter 
2019. As at 31 March 2020, the aggregate rent to be invoiced for the 
second and third quarters of 2020 would amount to some £30.4m, and 
the respective operating costs would amount to some £5.7m.

69

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Report of the Directors (continued)

As part of the going concern assessment, and taking the above into 
consideration, the Directors reviewed a number of scenarios which 
included extreme downside sensitivities in relation to rental cash 
collection, no property acquisitions, no elective capital expenditure, 
REIT regime compliance, and no dividends. The 2019 dividend payment 
of 8.25 pence per share would amount to £35.6m if distributed in 
2020, based on the current number of shares in issue. A range of 
scenarios up to 12 months with nil cash collection were considered, 
and taking into account mitigating management actions, the Company 
had adequate resources to continue its operations.

To supplement the scenario planning, constructive discussions were 
held with all the Company’s lenders around the ability to waive 
or change the respective covenants, if required. This was further 
underpinned by the, Bank of England’s financial services regulatory 
and supervisory body, the Prudential Regulation Authority providing 
guidance to its regulated members on the 26 March 2020. 

Given the substantial amount of unrestricted cash currently held by 
the Group, the limited level of committed capital expenditure in the 
forthcoming 12 months, and reasonable downside sensitivities the 
Directors are satisfied that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence, for a period of at least 12 months 
from the date that these Financial Statements were approved. 

Furthermore, the Directors are not aware of any material uncertainties 
that may cast significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern. Accordingly, the Directors consider that it is appropriate 
to prepare the Financial Statements on a going concern basis.

Viability Statement 
In accordance with the AIC Code of Corporate Governance, and 
taking into consideration COVID-19, the Directors have assessed the 
prospects of the Group and future viability over a three-year period 
from the year end, being longer than the 12 months required by the 
‘Going Concern’ provision. The Board conducted the review with regard 
to the Group’s long-term strategy, principal risks and risk appetite, 
current position, asset performance and future plans, and determined 
that three years to 31 December 2022 is the maximum timescale over 
which the performance of the Group can be forecast with any material 
degree of accuracy, and so is an appropriate period over which to 
consider the Group’s viability.

A range of downside sensitivity analyses were stress tested to form 
part of the review, with material inputs filtered to consider differing 
economic backdrops, and how such challenges would be met. 
Achievement of the one-year forecast has a greater level of certainty 
and is used to set near-term targets across the Group. Achievement of 
the subsequent forecasted years is less certain than the one-year. The 
Board’s forecast, though provides a longer-term outlook against which 
strategic decisions can be made.

Assessment of Review Period
The Board chose to conduct the review for a three-year period giving 
consideration to:

• 

• 

• 

The Group’s WAULT of 3.5 years to first break.

The Group’s detailed forecast covering a rolling three-year period.

The Group’s weighted average debt to maturity was 7.3 years as 
at 31 December 2019. 

Assessment of Prospects and Viability
The financial planning process considers the Group’s profitability, 
capital values, LTV, cashflows, dividend cover, banking covenants, and 
other key financial metrics over the three-year period. The metrics 
are subject to a sensitivity analysis, in which a number of the main 
underlying assumptions are flexed and tested to consider a range 
of alternative macro-environments and portfolio compositions. The 
review was updated to consider the impact of COVID-19, however, 
given the unpredictable nature of the outbreak, and how rapidly the 
responses to the outbreak are changing, the Board is unable to predict 
the full extent of the impact.

The downside scenarios considered the impact on the corporate 
model, including the loss of all rental income up to a 12-month period, 
taking into consideration, no property acquisitions, elective capital 
expenditure, or dividends, and compliance with the REIT regime. 
Taking into account mitigating management actions, the Company 
had adequate resources to continue is operations over the period of 
the assessment on the assumption the current economic turbulence 
resulting from the impact of COVID-19 will be ameliorated by the UK 
Government actions and normalise within one year.

Subject to this assumption, the results of the sensitivity analysis and 
stress testing demonstrated that the Group would have sufficient 
liquidity to meet its ongoing liabilities and its currently committed 
capital expenditure as they fall due over the period of assessment.

Furthermore, the Board, in conjunction with the Audit Committee, 
carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, strategy, future performance, solvency or liquidity over 
the three-year period. The risk review process provided the Board 
with assurance that the mitigations and management systems are 
operating as intended. The Board believes that the Group is well 
positioned to manage its principal risks and uncertainties successfully, 
taking into account the current COVID-19 risk, and the economic and 
political environment.

The Board’s expectation is further underpinned by the regular briefings 
provided by each of the Asset and Investment Manager. These 
briefings consider market conditions, opportunities, the ability to 
raise third-party funds and deploy these promptly, and changes in the 
regulatory landscape, and the current political and economic risks and 
uncertainties. These risks, and other potential risks which may arise, 
continue to be closely monitored by the Board.

70

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Future Developments
Information on future developments is detailed within the Strategic 
Report on page 14.

Subsequent Events
The wellbeing of our tenants and other stakeholders in the Company 
are of utmost importance to the Board and we continue to manage 
the Company, cognisant of their needs in this current environment. 

On 20 February 2020, the Company announced a potential equity 
fundraise to take advantage of its growing near-term pipeline of 
accretive growth. As a result of the current market uncertainty caused 
by the global spread of COVID-19, the Company took the decision to 
withdraw the potential equity fundraise. 

On 31 March 2020, and in view of the COVID-19 disruption to UK 
economic activity, the Company announced a trading update. The 
rental collections were slightly reduced as at 30 March 2020, with 
68.2% of invoiced rental income collected in comparison with the 
69.6% at the same date in 2019. In addition, £30.7m of available 
borrowing headroom from the Santander UK and Royal Bank of 
Scotland facilities had been drawn.

The Board will continue to closely monitor the developing situation 
and its effect on the Group, although the Board is re-assured by the 
Company’s balance sheet, the breadth of tenants and geographical 
spread of assets, which will ensure it is well positioned to mitigate any 
prolonged periods of uncertainty.

Annual General Meeting 
As advised in the Chairman’s Statement, the Company’s 2020 AGM 
has been postponed in view of the COVID-19 situation.

A revised date and time for the 2020 AGM will be notified to all 
Shareholders in due course and a notice of AGM, which will set out 
the resolutions to be proposed, together with an explanation of 
the resolutions proposed, will be circulated to all Shareholders in 
accordance with the requirements of the Company’s Articles. 

The AGM is the Company’s principal forum for communication 
with Shareholders. The Chairman of the Board, together with the 
other Directors, currently intend to make itself available to answer 
Shareholders’ questions at the AGM.

Confirmation of Viability 
The Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the next three years, taking account of the Group’s 
current position, the principal risks as set out in the Chairman’s 
Statement and the principal risks and uncertainties report, and on 
the assumption the current economic turbulence resulting from the 
impact of COVID-19 will be ameliorated by the UK Government 
actions and normalise within one year.

The Directors have carefully reviewed areas of potential financial risk. 
The Directors have satisfied themselves that the Group has adequate 
financial resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. 

Corporate, Social and Environmental 
Responsibility 
Corporate responsibility covers many different aspects of business. 
The Group has no direct social or community responsibilities, but the 
environmental impact of our properties is important to the Group. 
Although the Group is not required by statute to provide reporting on 
its environmental impact and, as a Company with no employees, the 
Company’s own direct environmental impact is minimal, the Board 
considers the environmental impact of the Group to be an important 
issue to be monitored by the Asset Manager, who is responsible for the 
management of the properties on behalf of the Group. Further details 
can be found on page 42. 

Auditor
RSM UK Audit LLP (“RSM”) was appointed as Auditor to the Company 
on listing on 6 November 2015. RSM has expressed its willingness to 
continue in office as Auditor to the Company and resolutions for its 
re-appointment and for the Directors to determine its remuneration 
will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

Audit Information
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ 
Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and 
each Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information.

Listing Rules Disclosures
Listing Rule 9.8.4R requires the Company to include specified information 
in a single identifiable section of the Annual Report or a cross reference 
table indicating where the information is set out. The Directors confirm 
that there are no disclosures required in relation to Listing Rule 9.8.4, 
with the exception of the details of any contract of significance in which 
a Director is or was materially interested. The details of the Agreements 
with the Asset and Investment Managers are set out in note 35.

71

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Report of the Directors (continued)

Electronic Communications 
The Company is seeking to take advantage of the provisions of the 
Articles and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to allow 
electronic communications with its Shareholders, including making 
important documents available through its website, and an Ordinary 
Resolution authorising this will be included in the Notice of AGM.

This resolution, if passed, would allow the Company to communicate 
electronically with Shareholders by placing documents such as the 
Annual Report on its website rather than sending them in hard copy. 
The Company will notify those Shareholders who have elected for 
electronic communication, by post or email, if they have provided 
an email address, that the document is available on the Company’s 
website. Shareholders can, however, ask for a hard copy of any 
document at any time.

If this resolution is passed, the new arrangements are expected to 
result in potential administrative, printing and postage cost savings 
for the Company, whilst preserving Shareholders’ rights to receive 
hard copy documents if they so wish. In addition, the greater use of 
electronic communications would result in environmental benefits.

For and on behalf of the Board

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

8 April 2020

72

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Responsibility Statement of the Directors In 
Respect of the Consolidated Annual Report
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 
64 and 65, confirms that to the best of each person’s knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the 
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole; 

the Strategic Report, including the Asset and Investment 
Managers’ Report, includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties they face; and

the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for Shareholders to assess the Group’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors 
on 8 April 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin McGrath
Chairman

8 April 2020

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and 
applicable regulations, including the requirements of the Listing Rules 
and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

The Law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. The Directors are required under the Listing Rules of 
the FCA to prepare group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as adopted by 
the European Union (“EU”).

The financial statements are required by law to give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s affairs at the end of the financial 
period and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period and are 
required by IFRS adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial 
position of the Group and the financial performance of the Group. 

In preparing the Group Financial Statements, the Directors are 
required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;

present information, including accounting policies, in a manner 
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent;

• 

• 

state that the Financial Statements have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping accounting records which 
are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and 
are such as to disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that 
the Financial Statements are properly prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Law and, as regards the Group Financial 
Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Group’s 
website.

Legislation in Guernsey governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

73

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Corporate Governance Statement 

This Corporate Governance Statement forms part of the Report of 
the Directors.

The Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules of the FCA require listed companies to disclose how they 
have applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the 
corporate governance code to which the issuer is subject.

Throughout the year, the Board considers that it has managed 
its affairs in compliance with the AIC Code, except where it has 
concluded that adherence or compliance with any particular principle 
or provision of the AIC Code would not have been appropriate to 
the Company’s circumstances. Similar to the UK Code, the AIC Code 
specifies a “comply or explain” basis and the Board’s report under this 
section explains any deviation from its provisions.

Introduction from the Chairman
I am pleased to introduce this year’s Corporate Governance 
Statement. 

In this statement, the Company reports on its compliance with the 
AIC Code of Corporate Governance (the “AIC Code”) and sets out 
how the Board has operated during the past year. The revised AIC 
Code, as published in February 2019, sets out new principles and 
provisions regarding matters including stakeholder engagement and 
the culture of the Company, against which the Company has reported 
in the below Statement. The AIC Code is available on the AIC website 
(www.theaic.co.uk).

The Board is accountable to Shareholders for the governance of the 
Company and is committed to maintaining the highest standard of 
corporate governance for the long-term sustainable success of the 
Company. 

By reporting against the AIC Code, the Company has met the 
requirements of the Listing Rules. 

The Principles of the AIC Code
The AIC Code is made up of 18 principles split into five sections:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Board leadership and purpose
Division of responsibilities
Composition, succession and evaluation
Audit, risk and internal control
Remuneration

Compliance with the AIC Code
The AIC Code addresses the principles and provisions set out in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the “UK Code”) as well as setting 
out additional provisions on issues that are of specific relevance 
to the Company as an investment trust. The Board considers that 
reporting against the principles and provisions of the AIC Code 
(which adapts the UK Code for investment companies), which has 
been endorsed by the FRC and the Guernsey Financial Services 
Commission (“GFSC”), provides more relevant information to 
Shareholders. A copy of the UK Code can be found at www.frc.org.uk.

The GFSC’s Finance Sector Code of Corporate Governance (the 
“GFSC Code”), updated and published in February 2016, applies to all 
companies that hold a licence from the GFSC under the regulatory 
laws or which are registered or authorised as collective investment 
schemes, which includes the Company. Companies which report 
against the AIC Code are deemed to meet the requirements of the 
GFSC Code. A copy of the GFSC Code can be obtained via the GFSC 
website at www.gfsc.gg. 

74

The UK Code includes provisions relating to:

the role of the chief executive;  
executive directors’ remuneration; 

• 
• 
•  management performance, remuneration and succession 

planning;

•  workforce policies (including remuneration) and practices; and
• 

the need for an internal audit function.

For the reasons explained in the AIC Code, the Board considers that 
these provisions are not relevant to the Company, being an externally 
managed investment company with no employees. The Company has 
therefore not reported further in respect of these provisions.

The Board has reviewed the principles and provisions of the AIC Code 
and considers that it has complied throughout the year, with the 
exception of the following:

• 

• 

as a Guernsey incorporated entity, there are no statutory 
requirements for the Company to develop a renumeration 
policy. The steps taken by the MERC to ensure that Directors’ 
fees support the Company’s strategy and promote its long-term 
success are set out in the Remuneration Report on page 88.

the Board do not consider it necessary to appoint a separate 
nomination committee as this function is currently undertaken 
by the Board as a whole. This will be kept under review. 

The Board of Directors
The Board consists entirely of Non-Executive Directors, who have all 
served throughout the period. Biographical details of the Directors of 
the Company are shown on pages 64 and 65. 

Under the leadership of the Chairman, the Board of Directors is 
collectively responsible for the long-term sustainable success of the 
Company, generating value for Shareholders and contributing to 
wider society. All decisions are considered from this point of view. It 
establishes the purpose, values and strategic aims of the Company 
and satisfies itself that these and its culture are aligned. The culture is 
set out on page 61. The values of the Company are set out in page 2. 
These values are considered in Board decision making. The purpose 
of the Company is the investment objective, which can be found on 
page 16. The strategy that the Board follows to meet this objective is 
outlined in the Strategic Report on page 16. The business model that 
the Company operates is set out on page 17. 

The Board ensures that the necessary resources are in place for 
the Company to meet its objectives. It does this predominately 
through its engagement with third-party service providers. The Board 
regularly reviews financial forecasts and KPIs on page 7, as well as 
debt financing and gearing. Further details can be found on pages 
12 to 61 of the Strategic Report. The Board fulfils its obligations to 

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Shareholders within a framework of high standards of corporate 
governance and effective internal controls. The Directors are 
responsible for the determination of the Company’s investment 
policy and strategy and have the overall responsibility for the 
Company’s activities, including the review of investment activity 
and performance, and the control and supervision of the Asset and 
Investment Managers.

The Board is responsible for all matters of direction and control of 
the Company and the Group, including its investment policy and 
strategy, and no one individual has unfettered powers of decision-
making. As part of this, the opportunities and risks faced by the 
business are considered, monitored and assessed on a regular basis, 
both in terms of actual and emerging risks that the business may 
face. Emerging risks are identified by the Board through a variety of 
means including advice from the Company’s Managers, the AIC and 
Directors’ industry knowledge and market changes and events.

More detail regarding the principal risks and uncertainties, emerging 
risks and the sustainability of the business can be found in the 
Strategic Report on pages 50 to 55.

None of the Directors have a service contract, but letters of 
appointment setting out the terms of their appointment are in place. 
Directors are not entitled to any compensation for loss of office. 
Copies of the letters of appointment are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office address and will be made available 
for up to 15 minutes prior to the start of the AGM. 

Chairman
The Chairman, Mr McGrath, who was deemed by his fellow 
independent Board members to be independent at the time of his 
appointment and to have no conflicting relationships, remains so. He 
does not have any other significant commitments that would affect 
his Chairmanship of the Company and the time he can commit to 
the Company’s affairs. The role and responsibilities of the Chairman 
are clearly defined and set out in writing, a copy of which is available 
on the Company’s website. Whilst Mr McGrath and his family own 
shareholdings in the Company, in view of these de minimis holdings, 
the Board are of the view that this does not affect his independence.  

all Directors. In liaison with the Company Secretary, he ensures 
that the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information. 
The Directors act with integrity, lead by example and promote this 
culture within the Company.

The Board seeks to ensure the alignment of the Company’s purpose, 
values and strategy with the culture of openness, debate and 
integrity through ongoing dialogue, and engagement with the Asset 
Manager, the Investment Manager, Shareholders and the Company’s 
other service providers. The culture of the Board is considered as part 
of the annual performance evaluation process which is undertaken by 
each Director. 

Board Diversity and Inclusion
The Board acknowledges the benefits of greater diversity, including 
gender, and remains committed to ensuring that the Company’s 
Directors bring a wide range of skills, knowledge, experience, 
backgrounds and perspectives.

The Board does not feel that it would be appropriate to set diversity 
targets as all appointments must be made on merit and objective 
criteria. However, gender and diversity generally will be taken into 
consideration when evaluating the skills, knowledge and experience 
desirable to fill a Board vacancy. The Board has established the 
following objectives for achieving diversity on the Board: 

• 

• 

• 

All Board appointments will be made on merit, in the context 
of the skills, knowledge and experience that are needed for the 
Board to be effective. 

Long lists of potential non-executive Directors will always 
include diverse candidates of appropriate merit. 

The Board will only engage executive search firms who have 
signed up to the voluntary Code of Conduct on gender diversity 
and best practice.

The Board has not appointed a new director during the year 
under review. In furtherance of the Company’s strategy, all Board 
appointments will be made on merit, in the context of the skills, 
knowledge and experience that are needed for the Board to be 
effective.

Senior Independent Director
William Eason was appointed as the Senior Independent Director 
on 1 December 2016. He provides a channel for any Shareholder 
concerns regarding the Chairman and takes the lead in the annual 
evaluation of the Chairman. The role and responsibilities of the Senior 
Independent Director are clearly defined and set out in writing, a 
copy of which is available on the Company’s website.

Culture
The Board’s own culture promotes a desire for strong governance, 
diversity and transparency of debate. The Chairman leads the 
Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in directing the 
Company. He demonstrates objective judgement, promotes a culture 
of openness and debate, and facilitates effective contributions by 

Board Operation 
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman, the 
Board and the Managers. The Directors have agreed a formal schedule 
of matters specifically reserved for their approval. These includes, but 
is not limited to the following:

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

approval of asset acquisitions and disposals over £15m;
approval of CAPEX;
approval of the Company’s borrowings;
approval of the Company’s investment policy, long-term 
objectives and commercial strategy; 
approval of the gearing policy of the Company; 
approval of annual and half-yearly reports and financial 
statements and accounting policies, prospectuses, circulars and 
other Shareholder communications; 

75

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Corporate Governance Statement (continued)

• 
• 
• 
• 

raising new capital; 
approval of dividends; 
Board appointments and removals; and
appointment and removal of the Asset Manager, Investment 
Manager, Auditor and the Company’s other service providers, 
including the Company Secretary.

A copy of this schedule of matters reserved for the Board can be 
found on the website.

To assist the Board in the day-to-day operations of the Company, 
arrangements have been put in place to delegate authority for 
the performance of day-to-day operations of the Company to the 
Asset Manager and Investment Manager and other third-party 
service providers. The Board has appointed the Asset Manager and 
Investment Manager to manage the Company’s portfolio within 
guidelines set by the Board, detailed in the respective management 
agreements with the Company. Both Managers are in frequent 
contact with the Board and supply the Directors with regular updates 
on the Company’s activities and a detailed report at each Board 
meeting. 

The Board agenda is set by the Chairman, in conjunction with the 
Company Secretary and include an update from the Managers. 

The Board, at its regular meetings, undertakes reviews of key 
investment and financial data, analyses of asset allocation, peer 
group information, the economy generally, transactions and 
performance comparisons, share price (whether at a discount or 
premium to NAV) and NAV performance. It receives an update 
from the Asset Manager on property market conditions and trends, 
movements compared to previous quarters, yields on properties 
within the portfolio, lease lengths and letting activity, including 
estimated rental values and vacant properties. The Board also 
receives an update from the Investment Manager on investor 
relations. Discussions also take place on strategic proposals, 
developments and legal and governance matters.

Representatives of each of the Asset and Investment Manager are 
appointed to the Board, which facilitates communication between 
them and the Board and supplements the regular reporting to the 
Directors.

Company Secretary
The Board has direct access to the advice and services of the 
Secretary, Link Company Matters Limited, which is responsible for 
ensuring that the Board and Committee procedures are followed. 

The Secretary is also responsible to the Board for ensuring timely 
delivery of the information and reports and that the statutory 
obligations of the Company are met. To enhance the delivery of 
Board and Committee papers the Board uses a Board portal which 
provide a secure and efficient process for meeting pack distribution. 

Board Meeting Attendance
The Directors meet at regular Board meetings, held at least four 
times a year, with additional meetings arranged as necessary. During 
the year to 31 December 2019, the number of scheduled Board 
meetings attended by each Director was as follows:

Director

Kevin McGrath

William Eason1

Daniel Taylor

Frances Daley

Stephen Inglis2

Timothy Bee

Scheduled Board Meetings

Number entitled  
to attend

Number  
attended

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

3

4

4

3

4

1 Mr Eason was unable to attend one Board meeting due to personal illness.

2 Mr Inglis was unable to attend one Board meeting due to personal illness. 

Additional Board meetings were also held as required during the 
year, including to deal with corporate transactions such as property 
acquisitions, dividends, the capital raise and were attended by 
those Directors available at the time. The Board also held an all-day 
strategy meeting during the year, which all Directors attended. 

The Board follows a formal agenda, which is approved by the 
Chairman and circulated by the Company Secretary in advance of the 
meeting to all the Directors and other attendees. A typical agenda 
includes a review of performance with a detailed update from Asset 
and Investment Manager on the property portfolio, investment 
opportunities and disposals, the Company’s financial performance, 
updates on investor relations and specific regulatory or governance 
matters. Representatives of the Company’s Advisers are invited to 
attend Board meetings from time to time, particularly the Company’s 
Corporate Broker and Financial Adviser and Legal Adviser. 

The Board is responsible for the strategy of the Company and 
monitors performance against its agreed strategy on an ongoing 
basis. 

The Board is responsible for setting the overall strategic objectives of 
the Company and meets once a year to focus exclusively on strategy.

Conflicts of Interest
The Company’s Articles permit a Director to act in a situation where 
a Director has disclosed the nature and extent of an interest that 
conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the interests of the Group in 
accordance with the Law. 

The Board has established a formal process whereby actual and 
potential conflicts of interests are considered by the Directors who 
have no interest in the matter, who then decide whether to authorise 
the conflict and any conditions to be attached to such authorisations.

76

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019The Directors are able to impose limits or conditions when giving 
authorisation, if they think this is appropriate in the circumstances. 
A register of potential conflicts is maintained by the Company 
Secretary and is reviewed at each Board meeting to ensure that any 
authorised conflicts remain appropriate. Directors are required to 
confirm at these meetings whether there has been any change to 
their position.

Board Evaluation 
The Directors are aware of the need to continually monitor and 
improve performance and recognise that this can be achieved 
through undertaking a regular Board evaluation exercise, providing 
a valuable feedback mechanism for improving Board effectiveness. 
The Board agreed that the use of an externally facilitated evaluation 
service provider was not necessary this year, however, this will be 
kept under review.

The Directors have opted to undertake an internal performance 
evaluation specifically designed to assess the strengths and 
independence of the Board and the Chairman, individual Directors 
and the performance of its committees. The evaluation was 
conducted using tailored questionnaires and was structured to 
analyse the focus of Board composition and effectiveness, the 
efficiency of Board and Committee meetings, and to assess whether 
the operation of such meetings was appropriate, as well as whether 
any additional information may be required to facilitate better Board 
discussions. The Board was also asked to consider Board support, 
strategic operational oversight, culture, Shareholder engagement and 
succession planning. The evaluation identifies areas for improvement 
and areas of knowledge and expertise which would be considered as 
part of succession planning. 

The evaluation process was carried out following the year end and 
responses were collated and provided on an anonymous basis to the 
Chairman of the Board. The independence of the Directors and their 
ability to commit sufficient time to the Company’s activities was 
considered as part of the evaluation process. The performance of the 
Chairman was similarly evaluated by the other Directors, led by the 
Senior Independent Director. 

Overall, the results of the evaluation were positive, with Director 
engagement and preparation for meetings, and combined knowledge 
of the property sector viewed as strengths. There were no significant 
concerns amongst the Directors relating to the effectiveness of 
the Board. Any feedback relating to Board composition from the 
evaluation will be taken into consideration by the Board at the time it 
discusses the anonymised results of the evaluation.

As evidenced by the result of the evaluation, the Board considers 
that all the current Directors are independent, contribute effectively 
and have the skills and experience relevant to foster the effective 
leadership and direction of the Company. It was found that the 
Directors can commit sufficient time to the Company’s activities.

The Chairman’s review was positive, and the other Directors 
considered that the Chairman remained independent and that he 
continued to strongly and effectively lead the Board. In addition, 
post the year end, the Senior Independent Director led a separate 

77

discussion with the other Directors (in the absence of the Chairman) 
to discuss the evaluation results and provide a forum for open 
discussion. There were no concerns to report.

Independence of Directors
In accordance with the AIC Code, the Board has reviewed the 
independence status of each individual Director and the Board as a 
whole. Stephen Inglis and Tim Bee are deemed non-independent and 
report on the activities of each of the Asset and Investment Manager 
respectively. A majority of the Board will at all times be independent 
of each of the Asset and Investment Managers. 

As part of its review of the Directors independence, the Board 
considered the shareholdings in the Company held by each of the 
Directors and/or their connected persons. In view of the de minimis 
amounts held, the Board do not consider these shareholdings in the 
Company impact the independence of the Directors. 

William Eason and Frances Daley are directors of separate 
companies managed by investment manager Janus Henderson. This 
has been considered by the Board, which is satisfied that they are 
demonstrably independent and that their independence as Directors 
of the Company is not affected. Although managed by the same 
investment manager, these appointments are entirely separate from 
each other and this Company. Therefore, the other Directors, having 
considered the impact of this relationship, were satisfied that each 
Director took an impartial and objective approach in their duties as a 
Director of the Company. 

Having assessed the performance and independence of each Director, 
the Board is satisfied that all Directors bring strong independent 
oversight and continue to demonstrate independence in judgement 
and character. 

Re-election of Directors 
In accordance with the Company’s Articles and the AIC Code, 
Directors are subject to election by Shareholders at the first AGM 
after their appointment. Thereafter all Directors submit themselves 
for annual re-election by Shareholders at the AGM of the Company.

Tenure
Each Director has a letter of appointment setting out their terms of 
appointment. These letters detail an initial three-year appointment, 
but each Director may be invited by the Board to serve for an 
additional period of three years, if both the individual Director and 
the Board believes this is in the interest of the Company, having taken 
into account the independence of the Director.

In 2018, the Board agreed to extend the appointment period of 
Kevin McGrath, Daniel Taylor, Stephen Inglis and William Eason for a 
further three-year term.

Directors are initially appointed by the Board, until the following 
AGM when, as required by the Company’s Articles, they will stand 
for re-election by Shareholders. Thereafter, a Director’s appointment 

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Corporate Governance Statement (continued)

Board Committees
The Board has two Committees in operation and has delegated 
certain responsibilities to its Audit Committee and its Management 
Engagement and Remuneration Committee. Given the size of the 
Company, it is not felt appropriate for the Company to have a 
separate nomination committee. 

The Board has established formal terms of reference for each of the 
Committees, which are available on the Company’s website.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises the four Independent Directors and 
is chaired by Frances Daley. It meets at least twice a year, or more 
often if required. The Chairman of the Company is a member of the 
Audit Committee but does not act as committee chairman. 

All members of the Audit Committee are considered to have relevant 
experience in the industry in which the Company operates. The Board 
is also satisfied that at least one member of the Audit Committee has 
recent and relevant financial experience. 

Any individual who is not a member of the Audit Committee is not 
entitled to attend or to vote at its meetings. However, the Audit 
Committee may invite anyone to attend Committee meetings at its 
discretion and representatives of the external Auditor are invited to 
attend as necessary. An Audit Committee Report is set out on pages 
82 to 85.

Management Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee (“MERC”)
The MERC comprises the four Independent Directors and is chaired 
by William Eason. It meets at least once a year, or more often if 
required. The Chairman of the Company is a member of the MERC 
but does not act as committee chairman.

Although an individual who is not a member of the MERC is 
not entitled to attend and vote on matters at its meetings, the 
Committee may invite anyone to attend at its discretion. A MERC 
Report is set out on pages 86 and 87.

Management of Risk and Internal Controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s systems of 
internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness, ensuring that 
risk management and control processes are embedded in day-to-day 
operations. 

is subject to an annual performance evaluation and the approval of 
Shareholders at each AGM, in accordance with corporate governance 
best practice.

The Board has adopted a formal tenure policy for Directors based 
on a continual review of performance. It is not anticipated that 
any of the Directors would normally serve in excess of nine years 
in order to provide regular refreshment of the Board and facilitate 
diversity of the Board. In exceptional circumstances, which would be 
fully explained to Shareholders at the time, an extension might be 
appropriate.

Similarly, it is not anticipated that the Chairman will normally serve 
in excess of nine years, this limit being decided by the Board in 
consideration of the need for regular Board refreshment. However, 
given the entirely non-executive nature of the Board and as the 
Chairman may not be appointed as such at the time of their initial 
appointment as a Director, in exceptional circumstances, which 
would be fully explained at the time, a short extension might be 
appropriate. As with all Directors, the continuing appointment of the 
Chairman is subject to ongoing review of performance, including a 
satisfactory annual evaluation, annual re-election by Shareholders 
and may be further subject to the particular circumstances of the 
Company at the time he or she intends to retire from the Board.

Given the structure and size of the Board, the Board does not 
consider it necessary to appoint a separate nomination committee 
and this function is carried out by the Board. The independent 
Directors would be expected to lead the process of the appointment 
of any new Director to the Board as and when vacancies arise 
and as part of the Directors’ ongoing succession plans. As part of 
this process, the use of an external executive search agency will 
be considered. The Board will keep the decision not to appoint a 
separate nomination committee under review. 

Induction and Training
On appointment, the Asset Manager, Investment Manager and 
Company Secretary provide new Directors with induction training 
as appropriate. The training covers the Company’s investment 
strategy, policies and practices. The Directors are also given regular 
briefings on changes in law and regulatory requirements that affect 
the Company and the Directors. It is the Chairman’s responsibility to 
ensure that the Directors have sufficient knowledge to fulfil their role 
and Directors are encouraged to attend industry and other seminars 
covering issues and developments relevant to investment trust 
companies. Regular reviews of Directors’ training needs are carried 
out by the Chairman by means of the evaluation process. 

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary through its appointed representative, who is responsible 
for general secretarial functions and for assisting the Company with 
compliance with its continuing obligations as a company listed on the 
premium segment of the Official List. The Company Secretary is also 
responsible for ensuring good information flows between all parties.

When deemed necessary, the Directors can seek independent 
professional advice.  

78

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Taking into account the principal and emerging risks provided on 
pages 50 to 55 and the ongoing work of the Audit Committee in 
monitoring the risk management and internal control systems on 
behalf of Board, the Directors:

• 

• 

are satisfied that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the emerging and principal risks facing the Group; and

have reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management and 
internal controls systems and no significant failings were 
identified. 

The Board has established an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing significant risks with the aim of helping to 
safeguard the Company’s assets. The Board exercises its oversight 
of financial, reporting, compliance, operational and overall risks by 
relying on regular reporting on performance and other management 
information from the Asset and Investment Managers. These 
procedures are designed to manage rather than eliminate risk. The 
Board manages risks as set out below: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Board, through the Audit Committee, will conduct a risk and 
control assessment on an annual basis, including a review of the 
internal controls procedures of the Company’s principal third-
party service providers; 

the responsibilities for the investment management, asset 
management, accountancy and depositary functions are 
segregated, and the procedures of the third-party service 
providers are designed to safeguard the Company’s assets; 

the Board is kept regularly updated by each of the Asset 
Manager and Investment Manager outside of scheduled Board 
meetings and each manager provides reports at each meeting of 
the Board; and 

under the terms of the Asset Management Agreement between 
the Company and the Asset Manager, Board approval is required 
for purchases of property exceeding £15m in value and for 
disposals exceeding £15m in value. 

Regular risk assessments and reviews of internal controls are 
undertaken in the context of the Company’s overall investment 
objective by the Board, through the Audit Committee. 

A risk matrix has been produced against which the risks identified and 
the controls in place to mitigate those risks can be monitored. The 
risks are assessed on the basis of the likelihood of them happening, 
the impact on the business if they were to occur and the effectiveness 
of the controls in place to mitigate them. This risk register is reviewed 
by the Audit Committee every six months.

The principal risks that have been identified by the Board are set out 
on pages 50 to 55.

The Board reviews financial information produced by the Investment 
Manager and the Sub-Administrator on a regular basis. 

Most functions for the day-to-day management of the Company are 
sub-contracted, and the Directors therefore obtain regular assurances 
and information from principal third-party suppliers regarding the 
internal systems and controls operated in their organisations. In 
addition, each of the Company’s material third parties, excluding 
LSPIM and Toscafund, provide a copy of its report on internal controls 
each year, which is reviewed by the Audit Committee. 

The Audit Chairman, on behalf of the Audit Committee, meets with 
representatives of LSPIM and Toscafund to discuss and review their 
internal controls. The Depositary provides depositary services under 
the AIFMD to the Company and reports on an annual basis to the 
Company, in addition to quarterly reports, on its specific monitoring 
of cash transactions and asset verification.

79

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: Portland Street, Manchester
Sector: Office

Audit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2019, which provides an overview of our 
activities and our role in ensuring the integrity of the Group’s 
published financial information and effectiveness of its risk 
management, controls and related processes. 

The Audit Committee is a Board Committee with governance 
responsibilities that include the oversight of financial disclosures and 
corporate reporting and it is therefore important that the Committee 
operates effectively and efficiently. The Committee is to meet at 
least twice annually, and its quorum is two members. 

Role of the Audit Committee
The principal duties of the Audit Committee are:

Financial Reporting
• 

to review the integrity and contents of the half-yearly financial 
statements, full-year financial statements and preliminary 
results announcement of the Company; 

• 

• 

to review and report to the Board on any significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements, having regard to any matters 
communicated to it by the Auditor; and

as requested by the Board, to review the contents of the Annual 
Report and Accounts and advise the Board on whether, taken as a 
whole, the report is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
Shareholders with sufficient information to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Risk Management and Control
• 

to keep under review the adequacy of the Company’s third-
party service providers’ internal controls and risk management 
systems; 

• 

• 

review the Company’s risk register, including significant and 
emerging risks; and

to assess the prospects of the Company for the next 12 months 
and to consider its longer-term viability.

External Audit 
• 

to manage the relationship with the Company’s external Auditor, 
including reviewing the Auditor’s remuneration, re-appointment, 
terms of engagement, objectivity and independence and 
performance. The Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board as appropriate; 

• 

• 

• 

to review the policy on the engagement of the Auditor to supply 
non-audit services and the fees paid for such services;

to safeguard the Auditor’s independence and objectivity; and

to regularly review the need for an internal audit function. 

External Property Valuation
• 

to review the quality and appropriateness of the half-yearly and 
full-year external valuations of the Group’s property portfolio.

Other
• 

to review the Committee’s terms of reference and performance 
effectiveness; and

• 

to report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

82

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019The Audit Committee reports and makes recommendations to the 
Board, as appropriate.

Attendance at these scheduled meetings was as follows:

Financial Reporting 
As stated above, one of the Audit Committee’s principal 
responsibilities is to review and report to the Board on the Group’s 
financial statements, including the Preliminary Statement, the 
Annual Report and Half-Year Report. When conducting its reviews, 
the Committee considers the overall requirement that the financial 
statements present a “true and fair view”, the Company’s accounting 
policies and significant financial judgements. 

We are pleased to advise the Board that the 2019 Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the necessary 
information for our Shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy. 

Risk Management and Control
The Audit Committee reviewed the internal controls and risk 
management systems of the Company’s key third-party service 
providers and no significant matters of concern were raised. On an 
annual basis, I meet with representatives of the Managers and discuss 
their internal controls and compliance. There were no significant 
matters of concern from these meetings. 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and updated, where appropriate, 
the risk matrix. This is done on a six-monthly basis. The Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties are set out on pages 50 to 55.  

 Audit Committee Composition
During the year under review, the membership of the Audit 
Committee, which remained unchanged, comprised of four 
independent non-executive Directors. None of the members of the 
Committee are connected to either the Asset or Investment Manager 
or to the Auditor. Whilst Mr McGrath is an independent Director, he 
is also Chairman of the Company. The Committee has considered it 
beneficial to have Mr McGrath as a member of the Committee as he 
was independent on appointment and provides significant input into 
Audit Committee meetings.

I am a qualified accountant, a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales and therefore consider that I have 
an appropriate level of recent and relevant financial experience to 
discharge my duties as Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee’s role and responsibilities are set out in the 
terms of reference, which were last updated in March 2020 and are 
available on the Company’s website at www.regionalreit.com. 

Meetings
The Audit Committee met on two scheduled occasions during the 
year and three occasions post the year end to consider the audit plan, 
the AQR and the Financial Statements.

Member

Frances Daley (Chairman) 

William Eason 

Kevin McGrath

Daniel Taylor

Scheduled Audit Committee Meetings

Number of meetings 
entitled 
to attend

Number  
attended

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Matters Considered by the Audit Committee in  
the Year
At these meetings, the Audit Committee has:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewed the internal controls and risk management systems of 
key third-party service providers;

reviewed financial results;

reviewed the assessment of the Company’s prospects and viability 
made by the Investment Manager for the next four years which 
formed the basis for the viability statement (see pages 70 and 71);

agreed the audit plan with the Auditor, including the principal 
areas of focus, and agreed the audit fee;

reviewed the half-year and annual valuation reports from 
Cushman & Wakefield Debenham Tie Leung Limited (trading as 
Cushman & Wakefield);  

received and discussed with the Auditor their report on the 
results of the audit;

reviewed the provision of non-audit services by the Auditor;

reviewed the independence of the Auditor; and

reviewed the Group’s Financial Statements and advised the 
Board accordingly. 

The Administrator and the Investment Manager update the Audit 
Committee on changes to accounting policies, legislation and 
best practice and areas of significant judgment undertaken by the 
Investment Manager. 

Significant Matters Considered by the Audit 
Committee
The Committee considering the following key matters in relation to 
the Company during the period: 

COVID-19
Since the Company’s year end, the spread of COVID-19 has quickly 
escalated from an initial emerging risk to that of a principal risk to 
the Company, which the Audit Committee has considered as set out 
in the principal risk and uncertainties, the going concern and viability 
statements.  

83

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Audit Committee Report (continued)

Property Portfolio Valuation
The Committee recognises that the valuation of the properties within 
the Company’s portfolio is central to the Company’s business and 
that errors could have a material impact on the Company’s net asset 
value. Properties are independently valued by specialist third-party 
service provider, Cushman & Wakefield at the half-year and year end. 

External Auditor
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the 
relationship with the external Auditor, RSM. This includes assessing 
their performance, effectiveness and independence annually and 
recommending to the Board their reappointment or removal.

The valuations are prepared in accordance with the appropriate 
sections of the RICS Professional Standards, RICS Global Valuation 
Practice Statements, RICS Global Valuation Practice Guidance-
Applications and United Kingdom Valuation Standards contained 
within the RICS Valuation-Professional Standards 2014. The 
valuations are compliant with International Valuation Standards.

The Asset Manager has held open discussions with the valuers 
throughout the year on the valuation process to discuss and challenge 
various elements of the property valuations. The Auditor also meets 
with the independent property valuer as part of the audit process to 
discuss and challenge their approach and findings. 

The Committee reviewed the half-year valuation as at 30 June 2019 
and, since the year end, the Committee has considered the year-end 
valuation report. It discussed the year-end report with the Asset 
Manager. The Committee were satisfied with the valuation report. 

The performance of Cushman & Wakefield is assessed on an annual 
basis by the MERC, as set out in their report on page 86. 

FRC Audit Quality Review
During the year, the Audit Quality Review Team from the FRC 
conducted an audit quality review (“AQR”) of our 2018 year-end 
audit, performed by our Auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP (“RSM”) as part 
of its annual programme of promoting improvement in the overall 
quality of auditing in the UK. 

I was involved in the planning for the review which included a 
preparatory call with the FRC. Following completion of the AQR, the 
Committee was provided with a report from the FRC’s AQR Team and 
received an oral update on the outcome from RSM. 

The Committee discussed the AQR findings, in particular with respect 
to the challenge of the judgements made in relation to the valuation 
of investment properties. As the Chair of the Committee, I discussed 
the FRC’s report with RSM and the FRC. RSM have confirmed that, 
in the 2019 audit, it enhanced its audit procedures to address the 
specific matters raised in the AQR findings.

RSM has been Auditor to the Company since listing on 6 November 
2015, during which time Mr Euan Banks, Partner at RSM, has been 
the lead audit partner on the audit. In accordance with requirements 
relating to the appointment of auditors, the Company will conduct 
a competitive audit tender no later than in respect of financial year 
ending 31 December 2025. There are no contractual obligations 
that would restrict the Audit Committee in selecting an alternative 
external Auditor. 

Each year, the Audit Committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness 
of the external audit process for the Annual Report, undertakes a 
detailed review of the audit plan and the audit results report and makes 
recommendations to the Board on the re-appointment, remuneration 
and terms of engagement of the Auditor.  

Change in Audit Partner
Euan Banks will reach the end of his five-year term as audit partner 
following the 2019 year-end audit. I have met with the new 
audit partner, Alan Aitchison, post the year end. The transitionary 
arrangements were discussed with RSM and the Investment Manager 
to ensure a smooth handover and induction process. The first audit 
under the supervision of Alan Aitchison will be the 2020 year-end 
audit. 

Working with the Auditor
Each year, the Audit Committee meets with the lead audit partner 
before the annual results are prepared to discuss the scope of the 
audit plan, with focus on risk and materiality. The external Auditor 
further meets with the Audit Committee post the year end to discuss 
the findings of the external audit and consider and evaluate any 
findings. To facilitate further open dialogue and assurance, the Audit 
Committee holds a private session with the Auditor without members 
of the Asset Manager and Investment Manager being present. 

84

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Annual Review of the External Auditor 
The Audit Committee has undertaken a review of the effectiveness 
of the external audit process and considered the reappointment of 
the Auditor. The review comprised, amongst other factors, the quality 
of the staff, including the performance of the lead audit partner, 
the competence and expertise of the audit team, the resources, 
and communication between the audit team and the Asset and 
Investment Managers. The Audit Committee further considered the 
outcome of the AQR. 

Independence and Objectivity of the Auditor 
The Audit Committee has considered the independence and 
objectivity of the Auditor. In evaluating RSM’s performance, the Audit 
Committee considered the effectiveness of the audit process, taking 
consideration of the quality of delivery, staff expertise, audit fees and 
the Auditor’s independence, along with matters raised during the 
audit. The Committee were of the view that the non-audit services 
provided by a different business line within RSM did not impact their 
independence. 

Any concerns with the effectiveness of the external audit process 
would be reported to the Board. No concerns were raised in respect 
of the year just ended and the Audit Committee concluded that 
the quality of the external Auditor’s work, and the knowledge 
and competence of the audit team, had been maintained at an 
appropriate standard during the year.

The Audit Committee received confirmation from RSM that they 
maintain appropriate internal safeguards in line with applicable 
professional standards. 

Having considered the Auditor’s independence in respect of the year 
under review, the Audit Committee is satisfied with the Auditor’s 
performance, objectivity and independence.

Audit Fees and Non-Audit Services 
An audit fee of £82,500 has been agreed in respect of the audit of the 
Company for the year ended 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 
£77,500). The Group’s audit fees for the year ended 31 December 
2019 totalled £219,000 (31 December 2018: £222,500).

In order to help safeguard the external Auditor’s independence and 
objectivity, the Audit Committee has a policy on the engagement 
of the Auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account the 
recommendations of the Accounting Practices Board. All non-audit 
work to be carried out by the Auditor must be approved by the Audit 
Committee in advance and such approval will not be granted in 
circumstances where it is considered that the nature or cost of the 
work could interfere with the external Auditor’s independence. 

The cost of non-audit services provided by the Auditor to the 
Company for the year under review was £80,000 (31 December 
2018: £26,000). These services related to work undertaken by RSM 
Corporate Finance LLP, a separate corporate body to that of the 
Auditor (RSM UK Audit LLP) in respect of corporate finance advice in 
respect of the equity capital raise. 

Auditor Appointment
Following consideration of the performance of the Auditor, the 
service provided during the year and a review of their independence 
and objectivity, the Audit Committee has recommended to the Board 
the continued appointment of RSM UK Audit LLP as the Company’s 
external independent Auditor.

Internal Audit
The Audit Committee has determined that there is no need for an 
internal audit function, principally because the Company delegates 
its day-to-day operations to third parties that are monitored by the 
Committee, and which provide control reports on their operations at 
least annually but also given the limited size and complexity of the 
business. 

Committee Effectiveness
During the year, the Board carried out an internally facilitated 
evaluation of its performance and that of its Committees. This 
evaluation confirmed that the Audit Committee continued to operate 
at an appropriate standard. 

Frances Daley
Audit Committee Chairman

8 April 2020

85

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Management, Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee Report

I am pleased to present the Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee (“MERC”) Report for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Composition and Meetings
The MERC, whose membership remained unchanged and consists 
solely of the independent non-executive Directors and myself as 
Chairman, met twice during the year. The MERC is required to meet at 
least once annually, and its quorum is two members. 

Attendance at these meetings was as follows:

Following this review, which included comparisons of Shareholder 
returns against those of its peer group and consideration of the 
interests of both the Company, all Shareholders and the respective 
Managers, the MERC agreed to recommend to the Board that the 
Company waive its right to terminate the Agreements on or before 
November 2020 so that the Agreements will continue at least until 
November 2023.

Scheduled MERC Meetings

Number of meetings 
entitled to attend

Number  
attended

The Board keeps the ongoing performance of each of the Asset and 
Investment Manager under continual review and, through the MERC, 
conducts an annual appraisal of each of the Managers, along with the 
performance of key third-party service providers.

On a regular basis, the Board reviews the acquisition and disposal 
decisions made by the Asset Manager. To ensure open and 
regular communication between the Managers and the Board, 
representatives of both Managers have been appointed to the Board 
and attend all Board meetings. The Managers provide regular updates 
to the Board on the Company’s assets and discuss the property 
market generally and financial performance and strategy of the 
Company. The Board keeps the performance of both Managers under 
continual review. 

The MERC considered the ongoing appointment of the Company’s 
third-party service providers and was satisfied with the effectiveness 
of the performance of these providers and that the Company was 
benefiting from added value in respect of the services it procures from 
these third parties and recommended to the Board that all third-party 
service providers be retained.

In addition, the Investment Manager undertakes continual review of 
the competitiveness of the Company’s service providers and advises 
the MERC as appropriate. 

Member

Bill Eason (Chairman)1

Kevin McGrath

Daniel Taylor

Frances Daley 

2

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1 Mr Eason was unable to attend one meeting due to personal illness

Activities During the Year  
The MERC met to consider a proposal from LSPIM and Toscafund that 
the Company waive its right to terminate the Investment Management 
Agreement and Asset Management Agreement (the “Agreements”) on 
or before November 2020 so that the agreements would continue until 
at least November 2023. The MERC considered advice from Peel Hunt 
LLP, the Company’s Financial Adviser and Broker, and Macfarlanes LLP, 
the Company’s Legal Adviser, and further considered the performance 
of the Managers, their performance incentivisation in knowing their 
tenure was secure for a further three years, and their ability to support 
the Company’s Investment Objective. 

86

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019The MERC also considered the remuneration of the independent 
non-executive Directors, details of which can be found in the 
Remuneration Report on page 88. No individual was involved in 
discussions about his/her own remuneration. 

Directors' Interests
The Company’s Articles do not require a Director to own shares in the 
Company. The interests of the Directors and any connected persons 
in the Ordinary Shares of the Company at 31 December 2019 and the 
date of this report can be found on page 66. 

Renumeration Advisers
The Company has not sought the advice or service by any outside 
persons in respect of the consideration of Directors’ renumeration. 

Role of the Management Engagement and 
Remuneration Committee 
The principal duties of the MERC are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

to have responsibility for setting the remuneration policy for all 
Directors and the Company Chairman; 

to monitor the level and structure of remuneration of the 
Directors, Asset Manager and Investment Manager of the 
Company;

to recommend and monitor the appropriateness of the ongoing 
appointment of the Asset Manager and Investment Manager of 
the Company; 

to recommend and monitor the appropriateness of the ongoing 
appointment of the third-party service providers; and

•  within the terms of the agreed policy and in consultation with 
the Chairman, to determine the total individual remuneration 
package of each Director and the Managers, including bonuses, 
incentive payments and share options or other share awards.

Committee Effectiveness
During the year, the Board carried out an internally facilitated 
evaluation of its performance and that of its Committees. This 
evaluation confirmed that the MERC continued to operate at a high 
standard. 

William Eason
MERC Chairman

8 April 2020

87

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Directors’ Remuneration Report

Statement from the Chairman
As Chairman of the MERC and on behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2019. This report 
has been prepared in accordance with the relevant requirements 
of the Listing Rules. A resolution for the approval of this Director’s 
Remuneration Report will be proposed at the Company’s 2020 AGM.  

As at 31 December 2019 and the date of this report, the Board 
consists entirely of non-executive Directors and the Company has 
no employees. During the year under review, the MERC reviewed the 
level of Directors’ remuneration, considering the level of activity of 
the Company, its financial results, market rates generally and the 
time commitment and responsibilities required of each Director. The 
MERC ensured that the level of remuneration remained aligned to 
the performance of the Company and will take into consideration the 
views of Shareholders on Directors’ remuneration. 

Each Director abstains from voting on their own individual 
remuneration. The MERC has not been provided with any advice or 
services by any person or organisation in respect of its consideration 
of the Directors’ remuneration. 

There have been no decisions on Directors’ remuneration or any other 
changes to the remuneration paid to each individual Director in the 
period under review.

Directors’ Remuneration
The level of remuneration has been set to reflect the experience 
of the Board as a whole, determined with reference to comparable 
organisations and appointments. The Directors shall be entitled to 
receive fees for their services, such sums not to exceed in aggregate 
£300,000 in any financial year (or such sum as the Company in 
general meeting shall from time to time determine). 

William Eason receives no additional remuneration for his role as 
Chairman of the MERC or as Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director. Frances Daley receives no additional remuneration for her 
role as Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

Stephen Inglis receives no remuneration from the Company due to 
his position as chief executive officer of the Asset Manager. Tim Bee 
receives no remuneration from the Company due to his position as 
chief legal counsel of the Investment Manager. 

The Directors may be paid all reasonable travel, hotel and other 
out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in attending Board 
or committee meetings or general meetings, and all reasonable 
expenses properly incurred by them seeking independent professional 
advice on any matter that concerns them in the furtherance of their 
duties as a Director.

Additional Remuneration
There are no performance conditions attaching to the remuneration of 
the Directors as the Board does not believe that this is appropriate for 
non-executive Directors. The Directors do not receive pension benefits, 
long-term incentive schemes or share options or any other non-statutory 
benefits. Directors’ & Officers’ liability insurance is maintained and paid 

for by the Company on behalf of the Directors. No Director is entitled to 
any other monetary payment or any assets of the Company.

Payment for Loss of Office
Compensation will not be made upon early termination of appointment. 
No payment has been made to any former Director for loss of office. 

Remuneration Consultants
The Group did not engage the services of an external remuneration 
consultant during the period under review. The Board will consider the 
engagement of remuneration consultants in the future if it is thought 
appropriate or desirable to do so.

Total Director Remuneration (audited)
The following amounts were paid to the Directors as fees for their 
services during the year: 

Director

Kevin McGrath

William Eason

Daniel Taylor

Frances Daley*

Stephen Inglis

Tim Bee

Aggregate: 

Fees paid to
31 December 2019

Fees paid to
31 December 2018

£72,625

£51,875

£51,875

£51,875

–

–

£70,000

£50,000

£50,000

£45,833 

–

–

£228,250

£215,832

*  Appointed on 1 February 2018

No additional remuneration was paid to the Directors during the year.

Directors’ Shareholdings
Neither the Company’s Articles of Incorporation nor the Directors’ 
Letters of Appointment require a Director to own shares in the 
Company. Any shares held by the Directors and their connected 
persons have been bought on the open market. Details of the 
Directors’ interests in shares are provided on page 66.

Shareholder Engagement 
Any views expressed by Shareholders on the fees being paid to 
Directors would be taken into consideration by the MERC when 
reviewing levels of remuneration. 

By order of the Board

William Eason
Chairman

8 April 2020

88

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: 800 Aztec West, Bristol
Sector: Office

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Regional REIT Limited

Opinion
We have audited the Group financial statements of Regional 
REIT Limited and its subsidiaries ('the Group') for the year ended 
31 December 2019 which comprise the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and notes to the financial 
statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 
the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the Group’s 
profit for the year then ended; 

• 

the financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008 (the 
“Law”) and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

• 

• 

the Board’s confirmation set out on page 79 in the annual 
report that it has carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; 

the Board’s statement set out on pages 69 and 70 in the financial 
statements about whether the Board considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing 
the financial statements and the Board’s identification of any 
material uncertainties to the Group’s ability to continue to do so 
over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements; 

•  whether the Board’s statement relating to going concern 

required under the Listing Rules in accordance with Listing Rule 
9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained 
in the audit; or 

the Board’s explanation set out on pages 70 and 71 in the annual 
report as to how it has assessed the prospects of the Group, over 
what period it has done so and why it considers that period to be 
appropriate, and its statement as to whether it has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention 
to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going 
concern and viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the following information 
in the annual report, in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us 
to report to you whether we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to:

• 

the disclosures in the annual report set out on pages 50 to 55 
that describe the principal risks and explain how they are being 
managed or mitigated; 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the Group 
financial statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which 
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
Group financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Valuation of investment properties held by 
the group 

Risk of material misstatement
This is detailed in the Audit Committee report on pages 82 to 85; 
the significant accounting judgements and estimates on pages 102 
and 103; significant accounting policies in note 4 to the financial 
statements on page 105.

The group owns or controls through a portfolio of Special Purpose 
Vehicles (SPVs) a portfolio of investment properties which include 
industrial, office and retail. The total value of the portfolio at 
31 December 2019 was £787.9m (2018: £718.4m). These properties 
are diversified across the UK with a wide geographical spread.

90

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019The Directors’ assessment of the value of the investment properties 
at the year end date, is considered a key audit matter due to 
the magnitude of the total amount, the potential impact of the 
movement in value on the reported results, and the subjectivity and 
complexity of the valuation process.

The valuation is carried out by external valuers, Cushman & 
Wakefield, in line with the methodology set out in note 3.1.1. 

Audit approach adopted
We audited the independent valuations of investment properties 
to ensure they had been prepared on a consistent basis for all 
properties and in accordance with RICs standards and are considered 
to be appropriate and correctly recorded in the financial statements 
in line with Accounting Standards. We assessed the external 
valuers qualifications and expertise and considered their terms of 
engagement, we also considered their objectivity and any other 
existing relationships with the Group and concluded that there was 
no evidence that the valuers’ objectivity had been compromised.

We reviewed the property portfolio and selected a total of 
22 properties that were either individually material or had valuation 
or yield movements that were higher or lower than expected from 
our overall review of the portfolio. We discussed and challenged 
the valuation of these properties with the property manager and 
valuer, who demonstrated a detailed knowledge of each property, 
the geographical location, the tenant status and the overall asset 
desirability. We corroborated the additional information provided to 
support these movements.

In addition, we engaged a property valuation specialist, as our auditor 
expert, they provided us with sector and geographical data to assist 
us with the corroboration of movement in yields and also completed 
a detailed valuation exercise of 15 properties, selected to cover 
the various significant movements in the portfolio, this included 
6 properties from the 22 selected above.

We audited the additions and disposals made in the year and agreed 
a sample of these to completion statements, we also confirmed 
the appropriate funds were transacted through the Group’s bank 
accounts. 

We tested the inputs used by the valuer and ensured these reflected 
the correct inputs for a sample of properties.

We tested ownership for a sample of properties by reference to land 
registry documents.

Key observations
We concluded that the fair values of the investment properties being 
adopted by the Group were appropriate.

Impact of COVID-19 on going concern  
and viability statement

Risk of material misstatement
The Group has set out its analysis of the potential impact on its 
operations and financial position of the COVID-19 pandemic in the 
description of the principal risks on pages 50 to 55, the going concern 
statement on pages 69 and 70, the viability statement on pages 70 and 
71 and the post balance sheet events note on page 135. The potential 
risks to the Group include tenants defaulting on rent, a decline in the 
property market resulting in a reduced ability to sell properties, and 
market conditions resulting in a reduced ability to borrow and comply 
with bank covenants. 

In the event of a material loss of, or delay to, incoming cash resources, 
the Group could suffer cash pressure or default against borrowing 
covenants. The assessment of these risks in an uncertain economic 
environment requires judgement, and a risk of material misstatement 
arises in respect of an incorrect application of the going concern basis 
of preparation or the failure to disclose a material uncertainty. As a 
result, the potential impact of the COVID-19 outbreak was considered 
to be one of most significance in the audit and was therefore 
determined to be a key audit matter.

Audit approach adopted
We audited the Group’s assessment of the application of the going 
concern basis of preparation, including the Liquidity Analysis prepared 
by management in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.  

Our audit work included:

•  Checking the integrity and accuracy of the cashflow forecasts and 

covenant calculations prepared by Management and stress tested in 
the Liquidity Analysis.

•  Challenging management on the reasonableness of the assumptions 
made in the forecasts in the Liquidity Analysis, particularly in respect 
of the non-payment of rent by tenants; the drawdown of funds 
from existing bank facilities; the headroom in banking covenants; 
the ability to make property sales and the delay or cancellation of 
dividend payments.

•  Corroborating the reasonableness of assumptions and explanations 
provided by management to supporting information where available.

•  Discussing with all the banks the relationship with the Group and 

that they would continue to support the business even if covenants 
were breached. Discussions with the valuer and our own auditor 
valuation expert to ascertain their view on the market and the 
impact on valuations of COVID-19.

•  Stress-testing management’s cashflow forecasts to assess the 

impact of assumptions worse than those included in management’s 
Liquidity Analysis. Considering mitigating actions available to 
management and the level of headroom in the forecasts under 
various scenarios.

•  Discussing our findings with management and the Audit Committee.

91

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Regional REIT Limited (continued)

•  Auditing the accuracy and completeness of disclosures made in the 
financial statements in respect of risks, going concern, viability and 
post balance sheet events.

Key Observation
COVID-19 is a new and unique event, its full impact and how 
long it lasts cannot be predicted. In this context, the funding the 
Group has in place and actions it has and can take, we are satisfied 
that management’s assessment that it remains a going concern is 
appropriate.

Our application of materiality
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds 
which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, 
both individually and on the financial statements as a whole, could 
reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into 
account the qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements. 
During planning materiality for the Group financial statements as a 
whole was calculated as £5.3m, which was not significantly changed 
during the course of our audit. We agreed with the Audit Committee 
that we would report to them all unadjusted differences in excess of 
£150,000, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit scope covered 100% of group revenue, group profit and 
total group assets, and was performed to the materiality levels set 
out above. The key audit matters were audited as noted above.

Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual report set out on pages 1 to 88, other than the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are 
responsible for the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated 
in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we 
are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement 
in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of the other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard to our 
responsibility to specifically address the following items in the other 
information and to report as uncorrected material misstatements of 
the other information where we conclude that those items meet the 
following conditions:

• 

• 

Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 73 – the 
statement given by the Directors that they consider the annual 
report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
Shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit; or

Audit committee reporting set out on pages 82 to 85 – the 
section describing the work of the audit committee does not 
appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit 
committee; or 

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the AIC Code set 
out on pages 74 to 79 – the parts of the Directors’ statement 
required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the AIC Code containing provisions specified for 
review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) 
do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of 
the AIC Code.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in 
relation to which the Law requires us to report to you if, in our 
opinion:

• 

• 

proper accounting records have not been kept by the parent 
company; or 

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement 
with the accounting records; or 

•  we have failed to obtain all the information and explanations 
which, to the best knowledge and belief, are necessary for the 
purposes of our audit. 

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set 
out on page 73, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible 
for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

92

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

As part of our audit, we will consider the susceptibility of the Group 
to fraud and other irregularities, taking account of the business and 
control environment established and maintained by the Directors, 
as well as the nature of transactions, assets and liabilities recorded 
in the accounting records. Owing to the inherent limitations of an 
audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatements 
of the financial statements may not be detected, even though the 
audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs. 
However, the principal responsibility for ensuring that the financial 
statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by 
fraud or error, rests with management who should not rely on the 
audit to discharge those functions. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is included in the appendix to this auditor’s 
report. This description, which is located on page 94, forms part of 
our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were 
appointed by the audit committee on 6 November 2015 to audit 
the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2015 and 
subsequent financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted engagement is five years, covering 
the years ending 31 December 2015 to 31 December 2019.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided to the Group or the parent company and we remain 
independent of the Group and the parent company in conducting our 
audit. 

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit 
committee.

Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Section 262 of the Law. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

RSM UK Audit LLP, Auditor
Chartered Accountants 
25 Farringdon Street 
London 
EC4A 4AB

8 April 2020

93

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Appendix: Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Statements

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, 
among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in 
internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement 
that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and communicate with them all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to 
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with 
governance, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements 
of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We 
describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation 
precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely 
rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be 
communicated in our report because the adverse consequences 
of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public 
interest benefits of such communication.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs (UK), we exercise 
professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism 
throughout the audit. We also:

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design 
and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and 
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for 
one resulting from error as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, 
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit 
in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion 
on the effectiveness of the group’s internal control. 

• 

• 

• 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the 
reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures 
made by the Directors.

Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the 
going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related 
to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude 
that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in 
the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, 
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the group to 
cease to continue as a going concern.

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the 
financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 
financial statements represent the underlying transactions and 
events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the 

financial information of the entities or business activities within 
the group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for 
our audit opinion.

94

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Property Name: 2 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh Park, Edinburgh
Sector: Office

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Continuing Operations

Revenue

Rental and property income

Property costs

Net rental and property income

Administrative and other expenses

Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets  
and other investments

Gain on disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value of investment properties

Change in fair value of right of use assets

Operating profit 

Finance income

Finance expenses

Impairment of goodwill

Net movement in fair value of derivative financial instruments

Profit before tax

Taxation

Total comprehensive income for the year  
(attributable to owners of the parent Company)

Total comprehensive income arises from continuing operations.

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

The notes below are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

Notes

5

6

7

14

14

33

9

10

16

26

11

12

75,645

(20,681)

54,964

(10,904)

44,060

1,662

(3,513)

(194)

42,015

155

(13,880)

(557)

(1,479)

26,254

257

26,511

74,019

(19,644)

54,375

(17,586)

36,789

23,127

23,881

–

83,797

268

(15,983)

(557)

415

67,940

(567)

67,373

6.6p

18.1p

96

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2019

Assets
Non-current assets
Investment properties
Right of use assets
Goodwill
Non-current receivables on tenant loan

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Taxation liabilities
Bank and loan borrowings 
Zero dividend preference shares

Non-current liabilities
Bank and loan borrowings 
Retail eligible bonds
Derivative financial instruments
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets
Equity
Stated capital

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent Company

Net asset value per share – basic and diluted

The notes below are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

Notes

14
33
16
17b

18
19

20
21
22
23
24

23
25
26
33

27

28

787,915
16,351
558
1,156

805,980

32,158
37,248
69,406
875,386

(22,153)
(13,301)
(736)
–
–
(36,190)

(287,856)
(49,286)
(1,816)
(16,510)
(355,468)
(391,658)

483,728

430,819

52,909

483,728

718,375
–
1,115
1,396

720,886

22,163
104,823
126,986
847,872

(30,663)
(11,043)
(1,763)
(400)
(39,816)
(83,685)

(285,199)
(49,136)
(337)
–
(334,672)
(418,357)

429,515

370,316

59,199

429,515

112.1p

115.2p

These consolidated group financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 8 April 2020 and signed on 
its behalf by:

Kevin McGrath
Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director

8 April 2020

97

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2019

Total comprehensive income

Issue of share capital

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

Balance at 31 December 2019

For the year ended December 2018

Balance at 1 January 2018

Total comprehensive income

Share based payments

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

Balance at 31 December 2018

Notes

27

27

13

Notes

29.1

27

13

Attributable to owners of the parent company

Stated 
capital
£’000

370,316

–

62,500

(1,997)

–

430,819

Retained
earnings
£’000

59,199

26,511

–

–

(32,801)

52,909

Attributable to owners of the parent company

Stated 
capital
£’000

370,318

–

–

(2)

–

370,316

Retained
earnings
£’000

22,581

67,373

(930)

–

(29,825)

59,199

Total
£’000

429,515

26,511

62,500

(1,997)

(32,801)

483,728

Total
£’000

392,899

67,373

(930)

(2)

(29,825)

429,515

The notes below are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

98

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year before taxation

– Change in fair value of investment properties

– Change in fair value of financial derivative instruments

– Gain on disposal of investment properties

– Change in fair value of right of use assets

Impairment of goodwill

Finance income

Finance expenses

Share based payments

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

Increase/(decrease) in deferred income

Cash generated from operations

Financial income

Finance costs

Payments for the interest portion of the lease liability 

Taxation paid

Net cash flow generated from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of investment properties

Sale of investment properties

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from the issue of shares

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

Zero Dividend Preference Shareholders repaid

Bank borrowings advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank borrowing costs paid

Proceeds from Bond issue

Bond issue costs paid

Lease repayments 

Net cash flow used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The notes below are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

99

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

26,254

3,513

1,479

(1,662)

194

557

(155)

13,880

–

(7,881)

(12,416)

2,259

26,022

–

(12,165)

(583)

(839)

12,435

(49,917)

24,294

163

(43,943)

(69,403)

62,500

(1,997)

(32,534)

(39,879)

22,911

(19,398)

(2,168)

–

(7)

(35)

(10,607)

(67,575)

104,823

37,248

67,940

(23,881)

(415)

(23,127)

–

557

(268)

15,983

(930)

(7)

5,323

(2,358)

38,817

250

(12,173)

–

(1,467)

25,427

(48,675)

149,276

220

(32,629)

68,192

–

(1,190)

(29,429)

–

50,959

(101,506)

(1,345)

50,000

(925)

–

(33,436)

60,183

44,640

104,823

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. Corporate information
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 comprise the results of the Company and its subsidiaries 
(together constituting the “Group”) and were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 8 April 2020. 

The Company is a company limited by shares incorporated in Guernsey under The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008, as amended (the “Law”). 
The Company’s Ordinary Shares are admitted to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and traded on the London Stock 
Exchange (“LSE”).

The Company was incorporated on 22 June 2015 and is registered with the Guernsey Financial Services Commission as a Registered Closed-
Ended Collective Investment Scheme pursuant to The Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987, as amended, and the 
Registered Collective Investment Schemes Rules 2018.

The Company did not begin trading until 6 November 2015 when the shares were admitted to trading on the LSE.

The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 12 to 61.

The address of the registered office is Mont Crevelt House, Bulwer Avenue, St. Sampson, Guernsey, GY2 4LH.

2. Basis of preparation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the FCA and with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and IFRS Interpretation Committee (“IFRIC”) as 
issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), in accordance with Article 4 of the IAS Regulations and the Law.

The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, as modified for the Group’s investment properties 
and certain financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

2.1. Functional and presentation currency
The financial information is presented in Pounds Sterling, which is also the functional currency, and all values are rounded to the nearest 
thousand (£’000) pound, except where otherwise indicated.

2.2. Going concern 
The assessments of going concern are prepared in accordance with the FRC Guidance issued in September 2014.

The Directors have carefully considered areas of potential financial risk and have reviewed cash flow forecasts, evaluating a number of scenarios 
which included extreme downside sensitivities in relation to rental cash collection, no property acquisitions, no elective capital expenditure, 
REIT regime compliance, and no dividends. A range of scenarios of up to 12 months of nil rental cash collection were considered, and taking 
into account mitigating management actions, the company had adequate resources to continue is operations. Further effects of the post-year 
end COVID-19 outbreak are documented in the going concern and viability statements on pages 69 to 71 and within principal and emerging 
risks on pages 50 to 55.

No material uncertainties have been detected which would influence the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
12 months from the approval of these financial statements. The Directors have satisfied themselves that the Group has adequate financial 
resources to continue in operational existence for this period.

Accordingly, the Board of Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

2.3. Business combinations
At the time of acquisition, the Group considers whether each acquisition represents the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of an 
asset. For an acquisition of a business where an integrated set of activities are acquired in addition to the property, the Group accounts for the 
acquisition as a business combination under IFRS 3 Business Combinations (“IFRS 3”). 

Where such acquisitions are not judged to be the acquisition of a business, they are not treated as business combinations. Rather, the cost to 
acquire the corporate entity is allocated between the identifiable assets and liabilities of the entity based upon their relative fair values at the 
acquisition date. Accordingly, no goodwill or additional deferred tax arises.

100

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20192. Basis of preparation (continued)

2.4. New standards, amendments and interpretations
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations which came into effect for accounting periods starting on or after 1 January 
2019 and have had an impact on the financial statements are as follows:

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Under IFRS 16, most leased assets are capitalised as 
“right of use assets” by recognising the present value of the lease payments as an asset and a financial liability representing the obligation to 
make future lease payments.

The Group has a number of leases concerning the long-term lease of land associated with its long leasehold investment properties. At 
31 December 2019, there was £50,054,000 ground rent committed under these leases (31 December 2018: £50,614,000) and the annual 
charge for ground rent for the period for the year ended 31 December 2019 was £618,000 (31 December 2018: £618,000).

Under IFRS 16, the Group recognises the right of use asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and this is valued at fair value as 
the underlying asset is an Investment Property. The change in fair value is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
In addition, a financial liability is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position which is valued at the present value of future 
lease payments using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments (also known as ground rent) which were previously recognised 
within non-recoverable property costs, now upon payment, reduce the financial liability. The financial liability is recalculated at each reporting 
date, lease payments reduce the financial liability and interest on the financial liability is recognised in finance costs. 

IFRS 16 has been applied from 1 January 2019 and the modified retrospective approach to measure the right of use asset at the same value as 
the financial liability has been taken and comparatives have not been restated. At 1 January 2019, a right of use asset and the financial liability 
of £16,545,000 and £16,545,000 respectively were recognised. 

The right of use asset and the financial liability were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate as of 1 January 2019. The incremental borrowing rate used to determine the right of use asset has been 
determined with consideration for the rate at which the Group would pay to borrow for an asset of similar value to the right of use asset. The 
Group considers this to be equivalent to the Group’s weighted average cost of debt, being 3.5% and has applied. This single discount rate has 
been applied across the whole portfolio of leases.    

At 31 December 2019, the financial liability was adjusted for the interest as the lease liability is carried at fair value, with amounts recognised 
within finance costs for movements on the finance liability. The right of use asset was calculated at fair value with the change in fair value 
charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Under the modified retrospective approach in IFRS 16, comparative 
information is not required to be restated. 

The table below illustrates the accounting treatment presented in the financial statements:

Transactions in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Ground rent charges included within non-recoverable property costs

Fair value movement on right of use asset 

Finance charges

Total

Assets and liabilities recognised within the Condensed Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position

Right of use assets included with investment property

Lease liabilities

Total

101

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

–

194

583

777

16,351

(16,510)

(159)

618

–

–

618

–

–

–

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

2. Basis of preparation (continued)

2.5. New standards, amendments and interpretations effective for future accounting periods
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 and 
have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. These are:

Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (effective where the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting 
period beginning on or after 1 January 2020) – makes amendments to clarify the definition of a business to help companies determine whether 
an acquisition is of a business or a group of assets. The amendments are expected to result in more acquisitions being accounted for as asset 
acquisitions. As detailed in note 2.3, careful consideration is given to the accounting treatment for each acquisition. Most acquisitions made 
by the Group are treated as the acquisition of a group of assets, so the Directors do not expect the amendments to this standard to have any 
significant impact on the financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ and IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’  
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020) – make amendments to clarify the definition of ‘material’. The amendments 
make IFRSs more consistent but are not expected to have a significant impact on the preparation of the financial statements. 

3. Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the reporting date. However, uncertainty 
about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or 
liability affected in future periods.

3.1. Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The principal estimates that may be material to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities are as follows:

3.1.1. Valuation of investment property
The fair value of investment property, which has a carrying value at the reporting date of £787,915,000 (31 December 2018: £718,375,000), is 
determined by independent property valuation experts to be the estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of the 
valuation in an arm’s length transaction. Properties have been valued on an individual basis. The valuation experts use recognised valuation 
techniques applying the principles of both IAS 40 and IFRS 13.

The value of the properties has been assessed in accordance with the relevant parts of the current RICS Red Book. In particular, we have 
assessed the fair value as referred to in VPS4 item 7 of the RICS Red Book. Under these provisions, the term "Fair Value" means the definition 
adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) in IFRS 13, namely "The price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid 
to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date". Factors reflected include current market 
conditions, annual rentals, lease lengths and location. The significant methods and assumptions used by the valuers in estimating the fair value 
of investment property are set out in note 14. 

In relation to Brexit, the ongoing negotiations with regards to the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU has meant that property market 
uncertainty has increased. The independent property valuation experts are comfortable that, despite the property market uncertainty, there is 
sufficient transactional market evidence at the reporting date to support the fair value of investment property.   

3.1.2. Fair valuation of interest rate derivatives
In accordance with IAS 39, the Group values its interest rate derivatives at fair value. The fair values are estimated by the respective 
counterparties with revaluation occurring on a quarterly basis. The counterparties will use a number of assumptions in determining the fair 
values, including estimations over future interest rates and therefore future cash flows. The fair value represents the net present value of the 
difference between the cash flows produced by the contracted rate and the valuation rate. The carrying value of the derivatives at the reporting 
date was £1,816,000 (31 December 2018: £337,000). The significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the interest 
rate derivatives are set out in note 26.

102

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20193. Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions (continued)

3.1.3. Leases – the Group as lessee
The Group has a number of leases concerning the long-term lease of land associated with its long leasehold investment properties. Under 
IFRS16, the Group calculates the lease liability at each reporting date and at the inception of each lease and at 1 January 2019 when the 
standard was first adopted. The liability is calculated using present value of future lease payments using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate 
as discount rate. At 31 December 2019, there were 13 leases with the range of the period left to run being 15 and 107 years. The Directors have 
determined that the discount rate to use in the calculation for each lease at 1 January 2019 and 31 December 2019 is 3.5% being the Group’s 
weighted average cost of debt.

3.1.4. Dilapidation income
The Group recognises dilapidation income in the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income when the right to receive the income arises. 
In determining accrued dilapidations, the Group has considered historic recovery rates, while also factoring in expected costs associated with 
recovery.

3.2. Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant 
effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements: 

3.2.1. Operating lease contracts – the Group as lessor
The Group has acquired investment properties that are subject to commercial property leases with tenants. The Group has determined, based 
on an evaluation of the terms and conditions of the arrangements, particularly the duration of the lease terms and minimum lease payments, 
that it retains all of the significant risks and rewards of ownership of these properties and so accounts for the leases as operating leases.

3.2.2. Consolidation of entities in which the Group holds less than 50% 
Management considered that up until 9 November 2018, the Group had de facto control of View Castle Limited (previously known as 
Credential Investment Holdings Limited) and its 27 subsidiaries (the “View Castle Sub Group”) by virtue of the amended and restated Call 
Option Agreement dated 3 November 2015. Following a restructure of the View Castle Sub Group, the majority of properties held within the 
View Castle Sub Group were transferred into two new special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) with two additional properties to be transferred into 
these SPVs at a later date. A new call option was entered into dated 9 November 2018 with View Castle Limited and five of its subsidiaries (the 
“View Castle Group”). As per the previous amended and restated Call Option Agreement, under this new option the Group may acquire any of 
the properties held by the View Castle Group for a fixed nominal consideration. Despite having no equity holding, the Group is deemed to have 
control over the View Castle Group as the Option Agreement means that the Group is exposed to, and has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the View Castle Group, through its power to control.  

3.2.3. Acquisitions of subsidiary companies
During the year, the Group has made two purchases of subsidiary companies which own investment properties. For each acquisition, the 
Directors consider whether the acquisition met the definition of the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of a group of assets and 
liabilities. 

A business is defined in IFRS 3 as an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose 
of providing a return in the form of dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members or 
participants. Furthermore, a business consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs that have the ability to create outputs.

The companies acquired in the year have comprised portfolios of investment properties and existing leases with multiple tenants over varying 
periods, with little in the way of processes acquired. It has therefore concluded in each case that the acquisitions did not meet the criteria for 
the acquisition of a business as outlined above. 

3.2.4.  Recognition of income
Service charges and other similar receipts are included in net rental and property income gross of the related costs as the Directors consider the 
Group acts as principal in this respect.

103

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

4. Summary of significant accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted in this report are consistent with those applied in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 
2018 and have been consistently applied for the year ended 31 December 2019. The significant change arising from accounting standards 
effective for the first time, IFRS 16 Leases, is detailed in note 2.4.

4.1. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the date of the Statement of 
Financial Position.

4.2. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the 
date that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a 
subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued 
by the Group. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and contingent liabilities assumed, in a business combination are measured initially 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition 
basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree's identifiable net 
assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair 
value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured, 
and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

For acquisitions of subsidiaries not meeting the definition of a business, the Group allocates the cost between the individual identifiable assets 
and liabilities in the Group based on their relative fair values at the date of acquisition. Such transactions or events do not give rise to goodwill.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated in full. When 
necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform to the Group’s accounting policies.

The excess of the consideration transferred, and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the 
identifiable net assets acquired, is recognised as goodwill.

4.2.1. Disposal of subsidiaries
When the Group ceases to have control over an entity, any retained interest in the entity is re-measured to its fair value at the date when 
control is lost, with the change in the carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes 
of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets 
or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

4.3. Segmental information
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief 
operating decision-maker is the person or group that allocates resources to and assesses the performance of the operating segments of an 
entity. The Group has determined that its chief operating decision-maker is the Board of Directors.

After a review of the information provided for management purposes, it was determined that the Group has one operating segment and 
therefore segmental information is not disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. 

104

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20194. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

4.4. Investment property
Investment property comprises freehold or leasehold properties that are held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both, rather than for 
sale in the ordinary course of business or for use in production or administrative functions.

Investment property is recognised, usually, on legal completion, when the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, and is 
measured initially at cost including transaction costs. Transaction costs include transfer taxes, professional fees for legal services and 
other costs incurred in order to bring the property to the condition necessary for it to be capable of being utilised in the manner intended. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value are included 
in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they arise under IAS 40, ‘Investment Property’.

Additions to investment property include costs of a capital nature only. Expenditure is classified as capital when it results in identifiable 
future economic benefits, which are expected to accrue to the Group. All other property expenditure is charged in the Group’s Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as incurred.

Investment properties cease to be recognised when they have been disposed of or withdrawn permanently from use and no future economic 
benefit is expected. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset (being the fair value at the start of 
the financial year) would result in either gains or losses at the retirement or disposal of investment property. Any gains or losses are recognised 
in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period of retirement or disposal.

4.5. Goodwill 
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group's interest in the fair 
value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree plus the amount of the non-controlling interest of the 
acquiree. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the subsidiaries, or groups of 
subsidiaries, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each subsidiary or group of subsidiaries to which the goodwill is 
allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value 
less the costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

4.6. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments, comprising interest rate caps and swaps for hedging purposes, are initially recognised at fair value at 
acquisition and are subsequently measured at fair value, being the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to sell or transfer 
the agreement at the period end date, taking into account current interest rate expectations and the current credit rating of the lender and its 
counterparties. The gain or loss at each fair value remeasurement date is recognised in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. 

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to measure fair value, 
maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs significant to the fair value measurement as a 
whole.

4.7. Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets as at fair value through profit or loss or at amortised cost, depending on the purpose for which the asset 
was acquired. Currently the Group does not have any financial assets which it has classified at fair value through profit or loss.

Assets held at amortised cost arise principally from the provision of goods and services (e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect contractual cash flows which comprise the payment of principal 
and interest. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost being the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

The Group’s financial assets comprise 'trade and other receivables', ‘tenant loan’, ‘surrender premium’ and 'cash and cash equivalents'.

The tenant loan relates to a loan made to a tenant which is subject to interest. The amount receivable has been recognised at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

105

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

4. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
The lease surrender receivable relates to a lease surrender payment which has been received in instalments. The amount receivable has been 
recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

4.8. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost less provision for impairment. 
Where the time value of money is material, receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Impairment 
provisions are recognised based on the expected credit loss model detailed within IFRS 9. 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables. The loss allowance is based on lifetime expected credit 
losses. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. The 
expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that 
are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at 
the reporting date. Impaired balances are reported net, however, impairment provisions are recorded within a separate provision account with 
the loss being recognised within administration costs within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the 
trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the associated provision. 

Lease premiums and other lease incentives provided to tenants are recognised as an asset and amortised over the period from date of lease 
commencement to termination date.

4.9. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at banks with original maturities of three months or less. Cash also includes 
amounts held in restricted accounts that are unavailable for everyday use. 

4.10. Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at their fair value being at their invoiced value inclusive of any VAT that may be applicable. Payables are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

4.11. Bank and other borrowings
All bank and other borrowings (comprising bank loans and retail eligible bonds) are initially recognised at cost net of attributable transaction 
costs. Any attributable transaction costs relating to the issue of the bank borrowings are amortised through the Group’s Statement of 
Comprehensive Income over the life of the debt instrument on a straight-line basis. After initial recognition, all bank and other borrowings are 
measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

Bank and other borrowings are derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an existing 
financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are 
substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new 
liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

4.12. Zero Dividend Preference Shares
Zero Dividend Preference Shares (“ZDP Shares”) are recognised as liabilities in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position in 
accordance with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation. After initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost, which 
represents the value the liability is recognised at initial recognition, plus the accrued interest entitlement to the date of these financial 
statements.

4.13. Dividends payable to Shareholders
Equity dividends are recognised when paid.

4.14. Rental and property income
Rental income arising from operating leases on investment property is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease terms and is 
included in gross rental and property income in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Initial direct costs incurred in 
negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the lease asset and are recognised as an expense over the 
lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

106

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20194. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
For leases which contain fixed or minimum uplifts, the rental income arising from such uplifts is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.

Tenant lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term is 
the non-cancellable period of the lease together with any further term for which the tenant has the option to continue the lease where, at the 
inception of the lease, the Directors are reasonably certain that the tenant will exercise that option.

Surrender premiums received from tenants to terminate leases or surrender premises are recognised in the Group’s Statement of 
Comprehensive Income when the right to receive them arises.

Dilapidation income is recognised in the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income when the right to receive it arises.

When the Group is acting as an agent, the commission, rather than gross income, is recorded as revenue.

Income arising from expenses recharged to tenants is recognised in the year in which the compensation becomes receivable. Service charges 
and other similar receipts are included in net rental and property income gross of the related costs as the Directors consider the Group acts as 
principal in this respect.

4.15. Property costs 
Non recoverable property costs contain service and management charges related to empty properties. For the year ended 31 December 2018 
this figure also included ground rents charges. As from 1 January 2019 a right of use asset and a lease liability are recognised instead of a ground 
rent cost. Please refer to notes 2.4 and 4.23.

Service and management charges are recognised in the accounting period in which the services are rendered. 

Recoverable property costs contain service charges and other similar costs which are recognised in the accounting period in which the services 
are rendered.

4.16. Interest income
Interest income is recognised as interest accrued on cash balances held by the Group. Interest charged to a tenant on any overdue rental 
income is also recognised within interest income.

4.17. Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

4.18. Finance costs
Interest costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Arrangement fees that an entity incurs in connection with bank and other 
borrowings are amortised over the term of the loan.

4.19. Taxation
As the Company is managed and controlled in the UK, it is considered to be tax resident in the UK.

The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's liability for current and deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the Statement of Financial Position. 

The Group elected to be treated as a UK REIT with effect from 7 November 2015. The UK REIT rules exempt the profits of the Group’s UK 
property rental business from UK Corporation Tax. Gains on UK properties are also exempt from tax, provided that they are not held for trading 
or sold in the three years after completion of development. The Group is otherwise subject to UK Corporation Tax.

There are a small number of entities within the Group which fall outside the REIT rules and are subject to UK taxes on profits and property 
gains.

107

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

4. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

4.20. Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. The amount of deferred tax provided is based 
on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax rates (and tax laws) enacted or substantively enacted at the 
date of the Statement of Financial Position. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future profits will be 
available for offset.

Deferred tax has been recognised on the unrealised property valuation gains of properties owned by Group entities which fall outside of the 
REIT tax rules.

The current rate of UK Corporation Tax is 19%. Reductions in UK Corporation Tax have been enacted, reducing the rate to 17% from 1 April 
2020, however, it has been confirmed in the recent Budget Announcement, on 11 March 2020, that the government will legislate to retain the 
current 19% rate in April 2020. 

4.21. Stated capital
Stated capital represents the consideration received by the Company for the issue of Ordinary Shares. Ordinary Shares are classed as equity.

4.22. Share-based payments 
The Group has entered into performance fee arrangements with the Asset Manager and Investment Manager which depend on the growth in 
the net asset value of the Group exceeding a hurdle rate of return over a performance period. The fee will be partly settled in cash and partly in 
equity and the equity portion is therefore a share-based payment arrangement. The fair value of the obligation is measured at each reporting 
period, and the cost recognised as an expense. The part of the obligation to be settled in shares is credited to equity reserves. If circumstances 
change and the fee is no longer settled by the issue of shares, then the amounts previously credited to equity reserves are reversed.

4.23. Leased assets
The Group has a number of leases concerning the long-term lease of land associated with its long leasehold investment properties. These 
leased assets are capitalised as “right of use assets” by recognising the present value of the lease payments as an asset and a financial liability 
representing the obligation to make future lease payments.

Right of use assets are valued at fair value and the change in fair value is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

The associated financial liability is valued at the present value of future lease payments using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The value 
of the financial liability is revalued at each reporting date. Lease payments reduce the financial liability and interest on the financial liability is 
recognised in finance costs.

5. Rental and property income

Rental income – freehold property

Rental income – long leasehold property

Recoverable service charge income and other similar items

Total

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

53,404

10,989

11,252

75,645

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

54,107

7,968

11,944

74,019

108

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 20196. Property costs

Operating lease expenses

Other property expenses and irrecoverable costs

Recoverable service charge income and other similar costs

Total

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

–

9,429

11,252

20,681

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

618

7,082

11,944

19,644

Property costs represent direct operating expenses which arise on investment properties that generate rental income. Operating lease expenses 
are now accounted for under IFRS16 as detailed in note 2.4.

7. Administrative and other expenses

Investment management fees

Property management fees

Performance fees

Asset management fees

Directors’ remuneration (see note 8)

Administration fees

Legal and professional fees

Marketing and promotion

Other administrative costs (including bad debts)

Bank charges

Total

Services provided by the Company’s Auditor and its associates
The Group has obtained the following services from the Company’s Auditor and its associates:

Audit of the consolidated and parent Company financial statements

Audit-related services in respect of the half-year financial statements

Audit of the subsidiaries for their respective periods of account

Fees associated with share issue

Total

109

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

2,356

2,280

–

2,356

255

746

2,107

96

657

51

10,904

2,405

2,264

7,046

2,405

235

663

1,714

87

595

172

17,586

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

85

26

114

80

305

78

26

171

–

275

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

8. Directors’ remuneration
Key management comprises the Directors of the Company. A summary of the Directors’ emoluments is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report. 

Directors’ fees

Employer’s National Insurance contributions

Total

9. Finance income

Interest income

Unwinding of the discount on financial assets

Total

10. Finance expenses

Interest payable on bank borrowings

Accrued capital entitlement on ZDP Shares

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees

Amortisation of ZDP Share acquisition costs

Bond interest

Bond issue costs amortised

Bond expenses

Lease interest

Total

11. Taxation

Corporation tax (credit)/charge

Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax creditor

Total

110

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

228

27

255

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

155

–

155

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

9,904

60

912

3

2,250

157

11

583

13,880

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

(359)

102

(257)

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

216

19

235

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

224

44

268

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

11,267

2,430

1,172

147

906

61

–

–

15,983

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

1,983

(1,416)

567

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201911. Taxation (continued)
The current tax charge is reduced by the UK REIT tax exemptions. The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as follows:

Profit before taxation

UK Corporation Tax rate

Theoretical tax at UK Corporation Tax rate

Effects of:

Revaluation of investment property

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of previous periods

Permanent differences

Profits from the tax-exempt business

Deferred tax movement

Total

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

26,254

19%

4,988

668

–

(556)

(5,459)

102

 (257)

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

67,940   

19%

12,909   

(4,537)  

25   

1,592   

(8,006)  

(1,416)  

567   

Permanent differences are the differences between an entity’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the financial statements. These arise 
because certain types of income and expenditure are non-taxable or disallowable, or because certain tax charges or allowances have no 
corresponding amount in the financial statements.

The Group elected to be treated as a UK REIT with effect from 7 November 2015. The UK REIT rules exempt the profits of the Group’s UK 
property rental business from corporation tax. Gains on UK properties are also exempt from tax, provided they are not held for trading or sold 
in the three years after completion of development. The Group is otherwise subject to UK corporation tax and UK income tax.

As a REIT, Regional REIT Ltd is required to pay PIDs equal to at least 90% of the Group’s exempted net income. To retain UK REIT status, there 
are a number of conditions to be met in respect of the principal company of the Group, the Group’s qualifying activity and its balance of 
business. The Group continues to meet these conditions.

UK corporation tax and UK income tax arise on entities which form part of the Group consolidated accounts but do not form part of the REIT 
group.

Due to the Group’s REIT status and its intention to continue meeting the conditions required to obtain approval in the foreseeable future, no 
provision has been made for deferred tax on any capital gains or losses arising on the revaluation or disposal of investments held by entities 
within the REIT group.

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of losses carried forward due to the unpredictability of future taxable profits.

12. Earnings per share
Earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profits for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year. 

111

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

12. Earnings per share (continued)
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following:

Calculation of earnings per share 

Net profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders

Adjustments to remove:

Changes in value of investment properties

Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives and financial assets

Gain on disposal of investment property

Impairment of goodwill

Deferred tax charge/(credit)

Income tax charge on disposal profits

Close out costs on borrowings and derivatives 

EPRA net profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders

Add performance fee

Company specific adjusted earnings figure

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

EPRA earnings per share – basic and diluted

Company specific adjusted earnings per share – basic and diluted

13. Dividends 

Dividend of 2.50 (2018: 2.45) pence per Ordinary Share  
for the period 1 October 2018 – 31 December 2018

Dividend of 1.90 (2018: 1.85) pence per Ordinary Share  
for the period 1 January 2019 – 31 March 2019

Dividend of 1.90 (2018: 1.85) pence per Ordinary Share  
for the period 1 April 2019 – 30 June 2019

Dividend of 1.90 (2018: 1.85) pence per Ordinary Share  
for the period 1 July 2019 – 30 September 2019

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

26,511

67,373  

3,513

1,479

(1,662)

557

102

–

487

30,987

–

30,987

(23,881)

(459)

(23,127)

557  

(1,416)

1,416  

430  

20,892 

7,046  

27,938  

398,867,828

372,821,136  

6.6p

7.8p

7.8p

18.1p

5.6p

7.5p

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

9,321

7,084

8,198

8,198

32,801

9,134

6,897

6,897

6,897

29,825

On 21 February 2019, the Company announced a dividend of 2.50 pence per share in respect of the period 1 October 2018 to 31 December 
2018. The dividend payment was made on 11 April 2019 to Shareholders on the register as at 1 March 2019. 

112

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201913. Dividends (continued)
On 23 May 2019, the Company announced a dividend of 1.90 pence per share in respect of the period 1 January 2019 to 31 March 2019. The 
dividend payment was made on 12 July 2019 to Shareholders on the register as at 7 June 2019. 

On 29 August 2019, the Company announced a dividend of 1.90 pence per share in respect of the period 1 April 2019 to 30 June 2019. The 
dividend payment was made on 15 October 2019 to Shareholders on the register as at 6 September 2019. 

On 14 November 2019, the Company announced a dividend of 1.90 pence per share in respect of the period 1 July 2019 to 30 September 2019. 
The dividend payment was made on 19 December 2019 to Shareholders on the register as at 22 November 2019. 

On 27 February 2020, the Company announced a dividend of 2.55 pence per share in respect of the period 1 October 2019 to 31 December 2019. 
The dividend will be paid on 9 April 2020 to Shareholders on the register as at 6 March 2020. The financial statements do not reflect this dividend.

The Board intends to pursue a progressive dividend policy and continue to pay quarterly dividends. However, in view of ongoing circumstances, 
the Company reserves the right to review future dividend payments.

14. Investment properties
In accordance with International Accounting Standard, IAS 40, ‘Investment Property’, investment property has been independently valued 
at fair value by Cushman & Wakefield Chartered Surveyors, a accredited independent valuer with recognised and relevant professional 
qualifications and with recent experience in the locations and categories of the investment properties being valued. The valuations have been 
prepared in accordance with the Red Book and incorporate the recommendations of the International Valuation Standards Committee which 
are consistent with the principles set out in IFRS 13.

The valuations are the ultimate responsibility of the Directors. Accordingly, the critical assumptions used in establishing the independent 
valuation are reviewed by the Board.

All corporate acquisitions during the year have been treated as properties purchased rather than business combinations. 

Freehold
property
£’000

Long leasehold
 property
£’000

Group

Movement in investment properties for the year ended 
31 December 2019

Valuation at 1 January 2019

Property additions – acquisitions

Property additions – subsequent expenditure

Property disposals

Gain/(loss) on the disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the year

Valuation at 31 December 2019

625,020

89,920

5,527

(24,003)

1,679

(235)

697,908

The net book value of properties disposed of during the year amounted to £22,632,000.

Movement in investment properties for the year ended 
31 December 2018

Valuation at 1 January 2018

Property additions – acquisitions

Property additions – subsequent expenditure

Property disposals

Gain/(loss) on the disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the period

Valuation at 31 December 2018

636,600

76,334

6,735

(142,505)

23,856

24,000

625,020

113

93,355

–

238

(291)

(17)

(3,278)

90,007

100,730 

– 

244 

(6,771)

(729)

(119)

93,355 

Total
£’000

718,375

89,920

5,765

(24,294)

1,662

(3,513)

787,915

737,330

76,334

6,979

(149,276)

23,127

23,881

718,375

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

14. Investment properties (continued)
The net book value of properties disposed of during the year amounted to £126,149,000.

The historic cost of the properties is £751,638,000 (31 December 2018: £675,808,000).

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for investment property:

Date of valuation:

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

The hierarchy levels are defined in note 30. 

Total
£’000

787,915

718,375

Quoted 
active prices 
(level 1)
£’000

Significant
observable inputs
(level 2)
£’000

Significant 
unobservable inputs
 (level 3)
£’000

–

–

–

–

787,915

718,375

It has been determined that the entire investment properties portfolio should be classified under the level 3 category. The table below shows 
the movement in the year on the level 3 category:

Balance at the start of the year

Additions

Disposals 

Gain on the disposal of investment properties

Change in fair value during the year

Balance at the end of the year

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

718,375

95,685

(24,294)

1,662

(3,513)

787,915 

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

737,330

83,313

(149,276)

23,127

23,881

718,375

The determination of the fair value of the investment properties held by each consolidated subsidiary requires unobservable inputs, such 
as the use of the estimated future cash flows from investment properties, which take into consideration lettings, tenants’ profiles, future 
revenue streams, capital values of fixtures and fittings, plant and machinery, any environmental matters and the overall repair and condition 
of the property, and discount rates applicable to those assets. Future revenue streams comprise contracted rent (passing rent) and Estimated 
Rental Value (“ERV”) after the contract period. In calculating ERV, the potential impact of future lease incentives to be granted to secure new 
contracts is taken into consideration. All these estimates are based on local market conditions existing at the reporting date.

Techniques used for valuing investment properties
The following descriptions and definitions relate to valuation techniques and key observable inputs made in determining the fair values:

Valuation technique: market comparable method
Under the market comparable method (or market approach), a property fair value is estimated based on comparable transactions in the 
market.

Observable input: market rental
The rent at which space could be let in the market conditions prevailing at the date of valuation range: £6,000 – £3,092,291 per annum  
(2018: £1,500 – £3,092,226 per annum).

Observable input: rental growth
The estimated average increase in rent is based on both market estimations and contractual agreements.

114

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201914. Investment properties (continued)
Observable input: net initial yield
The initial net income from a property at the date of purchase, expressed as a percentage of the gross purchase price including the costs of 
purchase range: 0.00% – 28.70% (2018: 0.00% – 26.98%).

Unobservable inputs:
The significant unobservable inputs (level 3) are sensitive to changes in the estimated future cash flows from investment properties such as 
increases and decreases in contracted rents, operating expenses and capital expenses, plus transactional activity in the real estate market.

As set out within the significant accounting estimates and judgements, the Group’s property portfolio valuation is open to judgement and is 
inherently subjective by nature, and actual values can only be determined in a sales transaction. 

15. Investment in subsidiaries

List of subsidiaries which are 100% owned and controlled by the Group

Blythswood House LLP

Regional Commercial MIDCO Limited

RR Aspect Court Limited

RR Bristol Ltd

RR Hounds Gate Limited

RR Rainbow (Aylesbury) Limited

RR Rainbow (North) Limited

RR Rainbow (South) Limited

RR Range Limited

RR Sea Dundee Limited

RR Sea Hannover St. Limited

RR Sea Lamont I Ltd 

RR Sea Lamont II Ltd

RR Sea Lamont III Ltd

RR Sea St. Helens Limited

RR Sea Stafford Limited

RR Sea Strand Limited 

RR Sea TAPP Limited

RR Sea TOPP Bletchley Limited

RR Sea TOPP I Limited

RR Skylar Limited

RR UK (Central) Limited 

RR UK (Cheshunt) Limited 

RR UK (Port Solent) Limited

RR UK (South) Limited 

RR Wing Portfolio Limited

Tay Properties Limited

TCP Arbos Limited

TCP Channel Limited

Tosca Chandlers Ford Limited

Tosca Churchill Way Limited

Country of
incorporation

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Guernsey

Guernsey

Guernsey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Ownership
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

115

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

15. Investment subsidiaries (continued)

Tosca Garnet Limited

Tosca Glasgow II Limited

Tosca Midlands Limited

Tosca North East Limited

Tosca North West Limited

Tosca Scotland Limited

RR Star Limited

Tosca South West Limited

Tosca Swansea Limited

Tosca Thorpe Park Limited

Tosca UK CP II Limited

Tosca UK CP Limited

Tosca Victory House Limited

Tosca Winsford Limited

Toscafund Bennett House Limited

Toscafund Bishopgate Street Limited

Toscafund Blythswood Limited

Toscafund Brand Street Limited

Toscafund Chancellor Court Limited

Toscafund Crompton Way Limited

RR Falcon Limited

Toscafund Glasgow Limited

Toscafund Harvest Limited

Toscafund Milburn House Limited

Toscafund Minton Place Limited

Toscafund Newstead Court Limited

Toscafund Portland Street Limited

Toscafund Sheldon Court Limited

Toscafund St Georges House Limited

Toscafund St James Court Limited

Toscafund Strathclyde BP Limited

Toscafund Wallington Limited

Toscafund Welton Road Limited

Toscafund Westminster House Limited

Country of
incorporation

Jersey

United Kingdom

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Ownership
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All of the above entities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

By virtue of an Amended and Restated Call Option Agreement dated 3 November 2015, the Directors consider that the Group has control of 
View Castle Limited (previously Credential Investment Holdings Limited) and its 27 subsidiaries (the “View Castle Group”).

Under this option, the Group has the ability to acquire any of the properties held by the View Castle Group by issuing an option notice for a 
nominal consideration of £1. The recipient of the option notice will be obliged to convey its title within one month after receipt of the option 
notice. 

116

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201915. Investment subsidiaries (continued)
Despite having no equity holding, the Group controls the View Castle Group as the option agreement has the effect that the Group is exposed 
to, and has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the View Castle Group through its power to control.

The companies which make up the View Castle Group are as follows:

List of subsidiaries that are controlled by the Group:

Castlestream Limited

Caststop Limited

Credential (Baillieston) Limited

Credential (Greenock) Limited

Credential (Wardpark North) Limited

Credential (Wardpark South) Limited (in liquidation)

Credential Bath Street Limited (in liquidation)

Credential Charing Cross Limited (in liquidation)

Credential Estates Limited

Credential Residential Finance Limited (in liquidation)

Credential Tay House Limited (in liquidation)

Hamiltonhill Estates Limited (in liquidation)

Lilybank Church Limited (in liquidation)

Lilybank Terrace Limited (in liquidation)

Old Mill Studios Limited (in liquidation)

Old Rutherglen Road Limited

Rocket Unit Trust

Squeeze Newco (Elmbank) Limited (in liquidation)

Squeeze Newco 2 Limited

Stock Residential Lettings Limited

The Legal Services Centre Limited

View Castle (Properties) Limited

View Castle (Milton Keynes) Limited

View Castle Limited

Country of
incorporation

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Jersey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Ownership
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All of the above entities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements up to 31 December 2019.

Business Combinations
There have been no new business combinations entered into in the financial year.

During the year, there were two subsidiary company acquisitions that took place in order for the Group to acquire the investment property 
owned by that company. These acquisitions have not been treated as a business combination. For further details see note 2.3. The fair value of 
investment properties acquired through the purchase of subsidiary companies totalled £45,790,000. Total consideration paid was £45,173,000. 
The assets and liabilities of the companies acquired included the investment properties, mentioned above, net current liabilities totalling 
£716,000 (principally comprising debtors, cash, creditors and deferred income) and bank borrowings of £nil.

117

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

16. Goodwill 

Group

At start of year

Impairment

At end of year

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

1,115

(557)

558

1,672

(557)

1,115

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable 
net assets acquired. If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured at fair 
value is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly 
in the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs of disposal. 
Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed. The impairment review is based on group pre-tax 
cash flow projections of cost savings of the Group as a whole as a single cash-generating unit, using a discount factor of 6.9% (31 December 
2018: 4.8%), which is based on the borrowing margins currently available. If a reasonable change occurs in a key assumption, the recoverable 
amount of goodwill would still be expected to be equal to the carrying value. The impairment review was conducted over a five-year period, 
which is predominately derived from the borrowings facility terms, and will result in a nil terminal value.

17. Non-current receivables

17a. Non-current receivables on lease surrender premium

At start of year

Movement in year

Unwinding of discount

At end of year

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

–

–

–

–

206 

(250)

44 

– 

In May 2014, the tenant of one of the subsidiaries (Blythswood House) surrendered their lease resulting in a lease surrender premium to be 
paid by the tenant in equal instalments over four years with the final instalment paid in the quarter ending 31 March 2018. The amount due 
was recognised initially at fair value and subsequently recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The unwinding of the 
discount is included in finance income.

118

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201917. Non-current receivables (continued)

17b. Non-current receivables on tenant loans

At start of year

Amounts repaid in the year

At end of year

Asset due within 1 year

Asset due after 1 year

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

1,926

(578)

1,348

192

1,156

1,348

1,926

–

1,926

530

1,396

1,926

During 2016, the Group entered into a loan agreement with a tenant for £1,926,000. The loan is subject to interest of 4% above the base rate 
of the Bank of Scotland on late payments and is repayable in instalments over ten years.

18. Trade and other receivables

Gross amount receivable from tenants

Less provision for impairment

Net amount receivable from tenants

Current receivables – tenant loans (note 17b)

Value added tax

Income tax

Other receivables

Prepayments

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

8,206

(891)

7,315

192

1,415

70

6,385

16,781

32,158

7,294

(1,115)

6,179

530

–

–

3,256

12,198

22,163

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of the amounts disclosed above. The Group does not hold any 
collateral as security.

119

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

18. Trade and other receivables (continued)
The aged analysis of trade receivables that are past due but not impaired was as follows:

< 30 days

30 – 60 days

> 60 days

Less provision for impairment

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

4,369

1,055

2,782

8,206

(891)

7,315

3,974

720

2,600

7,294

(1,115)

6,179

The Directors consider the fair value of receivables equals their carrying amount.

The table above shows the aged analysis of trade receivables included in the table above which are past due but not impaired. These relate to 
tenants for whom there is no recent history of default. 

Provision for impairment of trade receivables movement as follows:

At start of year

Provision for impairment in the year

Receivables written off as uncollectable

Unused provision reversed

At end of year

Other categories within trade and other receivables do not include impaired assets.

19. Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Cash held at bank

Restricted cash held at bank

At end of year

Restricted cash balances of the Group comprise: 

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

1,115

562

(537)

(249)

891

1,033

928

(452)

(394)

1,115

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

34,731

2,517

37,248

82,396

22,427

104,823

•  £124,000 (2018: £20,259,000) of funds held in blocked bank accounts which are controlled by one of the Group’s lenders and are released 
to free cash once certain loan conditions are met. The restricted funds arose on net proceeds from investment property disposals and were 
released after the year end.

120

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201919. Cash and cash equivalents (continued)
•  £2,312,000 (2018: £900,000) of funds which represent tenants’ rental deposits.

•  £nil (2018: £1,268,000) of funds held in blocked bank accounts which are controlled by one of the Group’s lenders and are released to free 
cash once certain conditions are met. The restricted funds arose on net proceeds held in relation to rental guarantees given by the seller of 
properties purchased by the Group. These funds can only be withheld by the lender and used to repay outstanding loans in the event of a 
default. 

•  £81,000 (2018: £nil) is held in other locked accounts.

All restricted cash balances will be available before 31 March 2020.

In addition, £4,225,000 (2018 £2,780,000) of cash funds represent service charge income received from tenants for settlement of future 
service charge expenditure. These amounts are not analysed as restricted balances.

20. Trade and other payables

Withholding tax due on dividends paid

Trade payables

Other payables

Value added tax

Accruals of incidental costs for fund raise and acquisitions

Accruals

At end of year

Other payables principally include rent deposits held and service charge costs.

21. Deferred income
Deferred rental income represents rent received in advance from tenants.

22. Taxation liabilities

Income tax

Deferred tax

The movement on deferred tax liability is shown below:

At start of year

Deferred tax on the valuation of investment properties

At end of year

121

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

1,569

3,650

8,544

–

–

8,390

22,153

1,302

2,462

9,905

939

27

16,028

30,663

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

–

736

736

634

102

736

1,129

634

1,763

2,050

(1,416)

634

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

23. Bank and loan borrowings
Bank borrowings are secured by charges over individual investment properties held by certain asset-holding subsidiaries. The banks also hold 
charges over the shares of certain subsidiaries and any intermediary holding companies of those subsidiaries. Any associated fees in arranging 
the bank borrowings unamortised as at the year end are offset against amounts drawn on the facilities as shown in the table below:

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

290,487

22,911

(19,398)

294,000

(4,888)

(2,168)

912

287,856

–

–

48,584

245,416

(6,144)

287,856

339,074 

52,919 

(101,506)

290,487 

(4,693)

(1,367)

1,172

285,599 

400 

400 

88,687 

201,000 

(4,888)

285,599 

Gross loan 

to value**

Annual  
interest rate 

%

39.8

45.1

38.9

26.4

% Amortisation

2.15% over  
3 months £ LIBOR

Mandatory 
prepayment

3.28% Fixed None

3.37% Fixed None

2.20% over  
3 months £ LIBOR

Mandatory 
prepayment

Bank borrowings drawn at start of year

Bank borrowings drawn

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank borrowings drawn at end of year

Less: unamortised costs at start of year

Less: loan issue costs incurred in the year

Add: loan issue costs amortised in the year

At end of year

Maturity of bank borrowings

Repayable within 1 year

Repayable between 1 to 2 years

Repayable between 2 to 5 years

Repayable after more than 5 years

Unamortised loan issue costs

As detailed in note 25, the Group has £50,000,000 retail eligible bonds in issue. 

The table below lists the Group’s borrowings.

Lender

Royal Bank of Scotland

Original
facility
£’000

55,000

Outstanding 
debt*
£’000

Maturity 
date

48,584 

June 2024

Scottish Widows Ltd. & Aviva 
Investors Real Estate Finance

165,000

165,000 December 2027

Scottish Widows Ltd

36,000

36,000 December 2028

Santander UK

Total bank borrowings

Retail eligible bond

Total

June 2029

65,870

321,870

50,000

371,870

44,416

294,000

50,000

344,000

LIBOR = London Interbank Offered Rate (Sterling)

MP = Mandatory prepayment

* Before unamortised debt issue costs

** Based upon Cushman & Wakefield property valuations

122

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201923. Bank and loan borrowings (continued)
The weighted average term to maturity of the Group’s debt at the period end was 7.3 years (31 December 2018: 6.4 years). The weighted average 
interest rate payable by the Group on its debt portfolio, excluding hedging costs, as at the period end was 3.4% (31 December 2018: 3.7%).

The Group weighted average interest rate, including the ZDP Shares, retail eligible bonds and hedging costs at the period end, amounted to 
3.5% per annum (31 December 2018: 3.8% per annum, which included the ZDP Shares). The ZDP Shares were fully repaid on 9 January 2019.

The Group has been in compliance with all of the financial covenants relating to the above facilities as applicable throughout the year covered 
by these consolidated financial statements. Each facility has distinct covenants which generally include: historic interest cover, projected 
interest cover, LTV cover and debt service cover. A breach of agreed covenant levels would typically result in an event of default of the 
respective facility, giving the lender the right, but not the obligation, to declare the loan immediately due and payable. Where a loan is repaid in 
these circumstances, early repayment fees will apply, which are generally based on a percentage of the loan repaid or calculated with reference 
to the interest income foregone by the lenders as a result of the repayment. 

As shown in note 26, the Group uses a combination of interest rate swaps and fixed rate bearing loans to hedge against cash flow interest rate 
risks. The Group’s exposure to interest rate volatility is minimal.

24. Zero Dividend Preference Shares 

At start of year

Amortisation of acquisition costs

Accrued capital entitlement

Repayment

At end of year

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

39,816

3

60

(39,879)

–

37,239

147

2,430

–

39,816

The Group entity, Regional REIT ZDP PLC, had 30,000,000 Zero Dividend Preference Shares (“ZDP Shares”) in issue, which were listed on the 
London Stock Exchange (LSE: RGLZ). The ZDP Shares were issued at 100 pence per share. The ZDP Shares had an entitlement to receive a fixed 
cash amount on 9 January 2019, being the maturity date, but did not receive any dividends or income distributions. Additional capital accrued 
to the ZDP Shares on a daily basis at a rate equivalent to 6.5% per annum, resulting in a final capital entitlement of 132.9 pence per share, 
which was paid on 9 January 2019.

25. Retail Eligible Bonds 
During the prior year, the Company launched £50,000,000 4.5% retail eligible bonds with a maturity date of 6 August 2024. These unsecured 
Bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange ORB platform.

Bond principal at start of year

Bonds issued in the year

Unamortised issue costs at start of year

Issue costs

Amortisation of issue costs

At end of year

123

31 December
2019
£’000

50,000

–

(864)

(7)

157

49,286

31 December
2018
£’000

–

50,000 

–

(925)

61 

49,136 

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019(752)

415 

(337)

Rate 
%

1.26 
1.26

n/a

n/a

1.80 
1.80

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

26. Derivative financial instruments 
Interest rate caps and swaps are in place to mitigate the interest rate risk that arises as a result of entering into variable rate borrowings.

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

Group

Fair value at start of year

Revaluation in the year

Fair value at end of year

(337)

(1,479)

(1,816)

The calculation of fair value of interest rate caps and swaps is based on the following calculation: the notional amount multiplied by the 
difference between the swap rate and the current market rate and then multiplied by the number of years remaining on the contract and 
discounted. 

Lender

Royal Bank of Scotland

Scottish Widows Ltd. & Aviva 
Investors Real Estate Finance

Scottish Widows Ltd

Santander UK

Original
facility
£’000

55,000

Outstanding 
debt
£’000

Maturity  
date

Annual  
interest rate 
%

Notional  
amount 
£’000

49,584

June 2024

2.15% over  
3 months £ LIBOR

swap £27,500 
cap £27,500

165,000

165,000

December 2027

3.28% Fixed

36,000

65,870

36,000

December 2028

3.37% Fixed

44,416

June 2029

2.20% over  
3 months £ LIBOR

swap £33,000 
cap £33,000

n/a

n/a

Total

321,870

294,000

LIBOR = London Interbank Offered Rate (Sterling)

As at 31 December 2019, the swap notional arrangements were £60.50m (31 December 2018: £48.58m). 

The Group weighted average effective interest rate was 3.5% (31 December 2018: 3.5%) inclusive of hedging costs but excluding the ZDP Shares.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative liabilities. 

It is the Group’s target to hedge at least 90% of the total debt portfolio using interest rate derivatives and fixed-rate facilities. As at the year 
end, the total proportion of hedged debt equated to 109.5% (31 December 2018: 102.6%), as shown below. The over-hedged position has 
arisen as a result of the full RBS and Santander facilities (including headroom) being hedged but that the excess relates to Interest Rate Caps 
which have no ongoing cost for the Group.

Total bank borrowings

Notional value of interest rate caps and swaps

Value of fixed rate debts

Proportion of hedged debt

The Group has not adopted hedge accounting.

124

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

294,000

121,000

201,000

322,000

109.5%

290,487

97,158

201,000

298,158

102.6%

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201927. Stated capital
Stated capital represents the consideration received by the Company for the issue of Ordinary Shares. 

Group 

Issued and fully paid shares of no par value

At start of the year

Shares issued 23 July 2019

Share issue costs

At end of the year

Number of shares in issue

At start of the year

Shares issued 23 July 2019

At end of the year

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

370,316

62,500

(1,997)

430,819

372,821,136

58,685,447

431,506,583

370,318 

– 

(2)

370,316 

372,821,136 

– 

372,821,136 

28. Net asset value per share (NAV)
Basic NAV per share is calculated by dividing the net assets in the Statement of Financial Position attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
parent by the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding at the end of the year. 

EPRA NAV is a key performance measure used in the real estate industry which highlights the fair value of net assets on an ongoing long-term 
basis. Assets and liabilities that are not expected to crystallise in normal circumstances such as the fair value of derivatives and deferred taxes 
on property valuation surpluses are therefore excluded.

Net asset values have been calculated as follows:

Group

Net asset value per Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

483,728

429,515

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

Adjustment for calculating EPRA net assets:

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liability

EPRA net assets

1,816

736

486,280

337

634

430,486

Number of Ordinary Shares in issue

431,506,583

372,821,136

Net asset value per share – basic and diluted

EPRA net asset value per share – basic and diluted

112.1p

112.7p

115.2p

115.5p

125

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

29. Notes to the Statement of Cash Flows

29.1. Non cash transactions
The Group has accounted for the following non cash transactions:

•  During the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group reversed the total of share-based payment adjustments made in previous years having 

determined that the performance fees would be fully paid by cash (see note 35).

29.2. Reconciliation of changes in liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities 

Bank loans and
 borrowings
£’000

Zero Dividend
Preference 
Shares
£’000

Retail eligible 
bonds
£’000

Derivative 
financial
instruments
£’000

Lease 
liabilities 
£’000

Total
£’000

31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2019

285,599 

39,816 

49,136 

337 

16,545 

391,433 

Changes from financing 
cash flows:

Zero Dividend Preference 
Shareholders repaid

Bank and Bond borrowings 
advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank and Bond borrowing 
costs paid

Lease payments

Total changes from 
financing cash flows

Amortisation of issue costs

Accrued capital 
entitlement

Change in fair value

Total other changes

Balance at 31 December 
2019

–

(39,879)

22,911 

(19,398)

(2,168)

–

1,345 

912 

–

–

912 

287,856 

–

–

–

–

(39,879)

3 

60 

–

63 

–

Balances are included in the Statement of Financial Position as follows:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Balance at 31 December 
2019

–

287,856

287,856

–

–

–

–

–

–

(7)

–

(7)

157 

–

–

157 

49,286 

–

49,286

49,286

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,479 

1,479 

1,816 

–

1,816

1,816

–

–

–

–

(35)

(35)

–

–

–

–

(39,879)

22,911 

(19,398)

(2,175)

(35)

(38,576)

1,072 

60 

1,479 

2,611 

16,510 

355,468 

–

16,510

–

355,468

16,510

355,468

126

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
29. Notes to the Statement of Cash Flows (continued)

Bank loans and
 borrowings
£’000

Zero Dividend
Preference 
Shares
£’000

Retail eligible 
bonds
£’000

Derivative 
financial
instruments
£’000

Total
£’000

31 December 2018

Balance at 1 January 2018

334,381

37,239

–

752

372,372

Changes from financing 
cash flows:

Bank and Bond borrowings 
advanced

Bank borrowings repaid

Bank and Bond borrowing 
costs paid

Total changes from 
financing cash flows

Arising from subsidiary 
acquisitions

Costs from subsidiary 
acquisitions 

Amortisation of issue costs

Accrued capital 
entitlement

Change in fair value

Total other changes

Balance at 31 December 
2018

50,959

(101,506)

(1,345)

(51,892)

1,960

(22)

1,172

–

–

3,110

–

–

–

–

–

–

147

2,430

–

2,577

50,000

–

(925)

49,075

–

–

61

–

–

61

285,599

39,816

49,136

Balances are included in the Statement of Financial Position as follows:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Balance at 31 December 
2018

400

285,199

285,599

39,816

–

39,816

–

49,136

49,136

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(415)

(415)

337

–

337

337

100,959

(101,506)

(2,270)

(2,817)

1,960

(22)

1,380

2,430

(415)

5,333

374,888

40,216

334,672

374,888

127

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

30. Financial risk management

30.1. Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial assets and liabilities are those that arise directly from its operations: trade and other receivables, trade and 
other payables and cash and cash equivalents. The Group’s other principal financial liabilities are bank and other loan borrowings, amounts 
due to ZDP Shareholders and interest rate derivatives, the main purpose of which is to finance the acquisition and development of the Group’s 
investment property portfolio.

Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in the financial statements 
and their fair value:

Group

Financial assets – measured at amortised cost

Trade and other receivables

Cash and short-term deposits

Financial liabilities – measured at amortised cost

Trade and other payables

Bank and loan borrowings

ZDP Shares

Retail eligible bonds

Financial liabilities – measured at fair value through profit or loss

Interest rate derivatives

Lease liability

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

16,463

37,248

16,463

37,248

11,891

11,891

104,823

104,823

(20,584)

(20,584)

(29,361)

(29,361)

(287,856)

(294,875)

(285,599)

(285,599)

–

–

(49,286)

(51,860)

(39,816)

(49,136)

(39,150)

(50,038)

(1,816)

(16,510)

(1,816)

(16,510)

(337)

–

(337)

–

The following financial liabilities are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at amortised cost but their fair value is 
different as disclosed above. Their fair values are determined as follows:

•  The fair value of bank and loan borrowings is determined by reference to mark to market valuations provided by the lenders.

•  The fair value of retail eligible bonds is determined by their published market value.

The following financial liabilities are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value which is determined as follows:

•  The fair value of interest rate derivatives is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and is determined by forming an 
expectation that interest rates will exceed strike rates and discounting these future cash flows at the prevailing market rates as at the year 
end.

•  The fair value of the lease liability is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position calculated as the present value of future 

cash flows discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. 

128

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201930. Financial risk management (continued)

Fair value hierarchy 
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss.

31 December 2019

Interest rate derivatives

Lease liability

Total

31 December 2018

Interest rate derivatives

Total

Quoted active
 prices 
(level 1)
£’000

Significant
 observable inputs
(level 2)
£’000

Significant
 unobservable inputs
 (level 3)
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

(1,816)

–

(1,816)

(337)

(337)

–

(16,510)

(16,510)

–

–

Total
£’000

(1,816)

(16,510)

(18,326)

(337)

(337)

The different levels are defined as follows.

•  Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•  Level 2: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly 

observable.

•  Level 3: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether 
transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation at the end of each reporting period.

There have been no transfers between levels during the year.

30.2. Risk management
The Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Board of Directors oversees the management 
of these risks. The Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks that are summarised below.

30.3. Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair values of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The financial instruments 
held by the Group that are affected by market risk are principally the Group’s bank balances along with a number of interest rate swaps entered 
into to mitigate interest rate risk.

The Group's interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings issued at variable rates, which expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. 
Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using 
floating to fixed interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting 
borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Interest rate caps limit the exposure to a known level.

129

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

30. Financial risk management (continued)
If interest rates were to increase by the following rates, this would increase the annual interest charge to the Group and thus reduce profits and 
net assets as follows:

Interest rate increase

0.00%

0.25%

0.50%

0.75%

1.00%

Increase to the annual interest charge

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

–

81

155

184

212

–

102

24

307

409

30.4. Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial 
loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from both its leasing activities and financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial 
institutions. Credit risk is mitigated by tenants being required to pay rentals in advance under their lease obligations. The credit quality of the 
tenant is assessed based on an extensive credit rating scorecard at the time of entering into a lease agreement.

Outstanding trade receivables are regularly monitored. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each 
class of financial asset.

30.5. Credit risk related to trade receivables
Trade receivables, primarily tenant rentals, are presented in the Group’s Statement of Financial Position net of provisions for impairment. Credit 
risk is primarily managed by requiring tenants to pay rentals in advance and performing tests around strength of covenant prior to acquisition. 
Any trade receivables past due as at the year end were received shortly after the year end.

30.6. Credit risk related to financial instruments and cash deposits
One of the principal credit risks of the Group arises with the banks and financial institutions. The Board of Directors believes that the credit risk 
on short-term deposits and current account cash balances is limited because the counterparties are banks, who are committed lenders to the 
Group, with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

The list of bankers for the Group, with their latest Fitch credit ratings, was as follows:

Bankers

Barclays 

Royal Bank of Scotland

Santander UK

Aviva

Scottish Widows*

Fitch Ratings

A Stable

A Stable

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

A+ Stable

* rating relates to parent entity – Lloyds Banking Group plc

130

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201930. Financial risk management (continued)

30.7. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and, going forward, the finance charges and principal repayments on 
its borrowings. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due, as the majority of 
the Group’s assets are investment properties and are therefore not readily realisable. The Group’s objective is to ensure that it has sufficient 
available funds for its operations and to fund its capital expenditure. This is achieved by continuous monitoring of forecast and actual cash 
flows by management.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

Group at 31 December 2019

Trade and other payables

Bank borrowings

Interest rate derivatives

Retail eligible bonds

Lease liability

Group at 31 December 2018

Trade and other payables

Bank borrowings

Interest rate derivatives

ZDP Shares

Retail eligible bonds

Within 
1 year
£’000

(20,584)

(9,579)

(487)

(2,250)

(618)

(33,518)

Within 
1 year
£’000

(29,361)

(8,926)

(264)

(39,879)

(2,250)

(80,680)

Between 
1 to 2 years
£’000

Between 
2 to 5 years
£’000

–

(9,579)

(483)

(2,250)

(618)

–

(76,588)

(1,111)

(56,750)

(1,854)

(12,930)

(136,303)

Between 
1 to 2 years
£’000

Between 
2 to 5 years
£’000

After 
5 years
£’000

–

(273,944)

–

–

(50,964)

(324,908)

After 
5 years
£’000

–

(8,959)

(244)

–

(2,250)

(11,453)

–

–

(113,026)

(228,717)

(418)

–

(6,750)

(120,194)

–

–

(52,250)

(280,967)

Total
£’000

(20,584)

(369,690)

(2,081)

(61,250)

(54,054)

(507,659)

Total
£’000

(29,361)

(359,628)

(926)

(39,879)

(63,500)

(493,294)

The maturity dates of all bank borrowings are disclosed in note 23. 

The maturity date of the retail eligible bonds is disclosed in note 25.

The range of maturity dates of the lease liability payments is between 10 and 107 years.

31. Capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it remains a going concern and continues to qualify for UK REIT 
status.

The Group’s capital is represented by reserves and bank borrowings. The Board, with the assistance of the Investment and Asset Managers, 
monitors and reviews the Group’s capital so as to promote the long-term success of the business, facilitate expansion, deliver a quarterly 
dividend distribution and to maintain sustainable returns for Shareholders.

The Group’s policy on borrowings is as follows: the level of borrowing will be on a prudent basis for the asset class, and will seek to achieve a 
low cost of funds, while maintaining flexibility in the underlying security requirements and the structure of both the portfolio and of Regional 
REIT.

131

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

31. Capital management (continued)
Based on current market conditions, the Board will target Group net borrowings of 40% of Investment Property Values at any time. However, 
the Board may modify the Group’s borrowing policy (including the level of gearing) from time to time in light of then-current economic 
conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, fair value of the Company’s assets, growth and acquisition opportunities or other factors 
the Board deems appropriate. The Group’s net borrowings may not exceed 50% of the Investment Property Values at any time without the 
prior approval of Ordinary Shareholders in a General Meeting.

The optimal debt financing structure for the Group will have consideration for key metrics including: fixed or floating interest rate charged, 
debt type, maturity profile, substitution rights, covenant and security requirements, lender type, diversity and the lender’s knowledge and 
relationship with the property sector.  

32. Operating leases
The future minimum lease payments receivable under non-cancellable operating leases in respect of the Group’s property portfolio are as follows:

Group

Receivable within 1 year

Receivable between 1 – 2 years

Receivable between 2 – 5 years

Receivable after 5 years

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

50,038

41,696

61,181

36,202

189,117

44,684

36,157

57,599

40,483

178,923

The Group has in excess of 910 operating leases. The number of years remaining on these operating leases varies between 1 and 80 years. The 
amounts disclosed above represent total rental income receivable up to the next lease break point on each lease. If a tenant wishes to end a 
lease prior to the break point, a surrender premium will be charged to cover the shortfall in rental income received.

33. Leases
As from 1 January 2019, the Group has adopted IFRS16 accounting treatment as described in note 2.4.

Right of use asset

At start of year

Value recognised at 1 January 2019

Fair value movement

Lease liability

At start of year

Value recognised at 1 January 2019

Lease payments

Interest charges

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

–

16,545

(194)

16,351

–

16,545

(618)

583

16,510

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

132

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201933. Leases (continued)
The Group’s lease commitments which are now represented by the right of use asset and lease liability are spread across 13 separate leases 
with the two largest leases at Basingstoke and Witham making up 42% of the balance. Total commitments on leases in respect of land and 
buildings are as follows:

Group

Payable within 1 year

Payable between 1 – 2 years

Payable between 2 – 5 years

Payable after 5 years

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

618

618

1,854

50,964

54,054

618

618

1,854

51,337

54,427

34. Segmental information
After a review of the information provided for management purposes during the current year, it was determined that the Group has one 
operating segment and therefore segmental information is not disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. 

35. Transactions with related parties

Transactions with the Directors
Directors’ remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration Report and note 8 to the financial statements. Directors’ beneficial interests in 
the Ordinary Shares of the Company are disclosed within the Directors’ Report. During the year, the following dividends were received by the 
Directors (and their spouses or minor children) on the holdings:

Kevin McGrath

William Eason

Daniel Taylor

Stephen Inglis

Frances Daley

Timothy Bee

Total

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

21

17

42

103

3

13

199

24

16

28

60

2

12

142

Transactions with the Asset Manager, London & Scottish Property Investment Management Limited and the Property Manager, 
London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited
Stephen Inglis is a non-executive Director of Regional REIT Limited, as well as being the Chief Executive Officer of London & Scottish Property 
Investment Management Limited (“LSPIM”) and a director of London & Scottish Property Asset Management Limited. The former company has 
been contracted to act as the Asset Manager of the Group and the latter as the Property Manager.

In consideration for the provision of services provided, the Asset Manager is entitled in each financial year (or part thereof) to 50% of an annual 
management fee on a scaled rate of 1.1% of the EPRA net asset value, reducing to 0.9% on net assets over £500,000,000. The fee shall be 
payable in cash quarterly in arrears.

133

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2019

35. Transactions with related parties (continued)
In respect of each portfolio property, the Asset Manager has procured and shall, with the Company in future, procure that London & Scottish 
Property Asset Management Limited is appointed as the Property Manager. A property management fee of 4% per annum is charged by the 
Property Manager on a quarterly basis: 31 March, 30 June, 30 September, and 31 December, based upon the gross rental yield. Gross rental 
yield means the rents due under the property’s lease for the peaceful enjoyment of the property, including any value paid in respect of rental 
renunciations but excluding any sums paid in connection with service charges or insurance costs.

The Asset Manager is also entitled to a performance fee. Details of the performance fee are given below.

The following tables show the fees charged in the year and the amount outstanding at the end of the year:

Asset management fees charged*

Property management fees charged*

Performance fees charged

Total

Total fees outstanding

* Including irrecoverable VAT charged where appropriate 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

2,356

2,280

–

4,636

31 December
2019
£’000

1,275

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

2,405

2,264

3,523

8,192

31 December
2018
£’000

5,263

Transactions with the Investment Manager, Toscafund Asset Management LLP
Tim Bee, Chief Legal Counsel of Toscafund Asset Management LLP was appointed as non-executive director on 7 July 2017. Toscafund Asset 
Management LLP has been contracted as the Investment Manager of the Group.

In consideration for the provision of services provided, the Investment Manager is entitled in each financial year (or part thereof) to 50% of an 
annual management fee on a scaled rate of 1.1% of the EPRA net asset value, reducing to 0.9% on net assets over £500,000,000. The fee is 
payable in cash quarterly in arrears. 

The Investment Manager is also entitled to a performance fee. Details of the performance fee are given below.

The following tables show the fees charged in the year and the amount outstanding at the end of the year:

Investment management fees charged

Performance fees charged

Total

Total fees outstanding

134

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

2,356

–

2,356

31 December
2019
£’000

591

Year ended
31 December
2018
£’000

2,405

3,523

5,928

31 December
2018
£’000

5,044

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 201935. Transactions with related parties (continued)

Performance Fee
The Asset Manager and the Investment Manager are each entitled to 50% of a performance fee. The fee is calculated at a rate of 15% of the 
Total Shareholder Return in excess of the hurdle rate of 8% per annum for the relevant performance period. Total Shareholder Return for any 
financial year consists of the sum of any increase or decrease in EPRA NAV per Ordinary Share and the total dividends per Ordinary Share 
declared in the financial year. A performance fee is only payable in respect of a performance period where the EPRA NAV per Ordinary Share 
exceeds the High-water mark which is equal to the greater of the highest year-end EPRA NAV Ordinary Share in any previous performance 
period or the Placing price (100p per Ordinary Share). The performance fee was calculated initially on 31 December 2018 and is calculated 
annually thereafter. Full details of the Managers' performance fee are given on pages 183 to 185 of the IPO Prospectus.

The performance fee for the first Performance Period, 6 November 2015 to 31 December 2018, was paid 50% in cash and 50% in Ordinary 
Shares which are subject to a one-year lock-up.

The performance fees for subsequent years are payable 34% in cash and 66% in Ordinary Shares, again at the prevailing price per share, with 
50% of the shares locked-in for one year and 50% of the shares locked-in for two years.

Based on the EPRA NAV of the Group as at 31 December 2019, the performance fee liability for the year ending 31 December 2019 was 
estimated at £nil (for the period from commencement of trading to 31 December 2018: £8,905,000). This fee has been accrued in the 
consolidated financial statements. 

36. Capital commitments
At 31 December 2019, the Group had committed capital expenditure on its investment property portfolio of £2,500,000 relating to a property 
in Dundee. These costs were paid in February 2020.

37. Subsequent events
The wellbeing of our tenants and other stakeholders in the Company are of utmost importance to the Board and we continue to manage the 
Company, cognisant of their needs in this current environment.

On 20 February 2020, the Company announced a potential equity fundraise to take advantage of its growing near-term pipeline of accretive 
growth. As a result of the current market uncertainty caused by the global spread of COVID-19, the Company took the decision to withdraw the 
potential equity fundraise. 

On 31 March 2020, and in view of the COVID-19 disruption to UK economic activity the Company announced a trading update. The rental 
collections were slightly reduced as at 30 March 2020, with 68.2% of invoiced rental income collected in comparison with 69.6% at the same 
date in 2019. In addition, £30.7m of available borrowing headroom from the Santander UK and Royal Bank of Scotland facilities had been 
drawn.

The Board will continue to closely monitor the developing situation and its effect on the Group, although the Board is re-assured by the 
Company’s balance sheet, the breadth of tenants and geographical spread of assets, which will ensure it is well positioned to mitigate any 
prolonged periods of uncertainty.

135

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019EPRA Performance Measures

The Group is a member of the European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”).

EPRA has developed and defined the following performance measures to give transparency, comparability and relevance of financial reporting 
across entities which may use different accounting standards. The Group is pleased to disclose the following measures which are calculated in 
accordance with EPRA guidance:

EPRA Performance 
Measure

Definition

EPRA Performance Measure

31 December  
2019

31 December  
2018

EPRA EARNINGS

Earnings from operational activities

EPRA Earnings

£30,987,000 

£20,892,000 

Company Adjusted 
Earnings

Company Specific Earnings Measure which adds back 
the performance fee charged in the accounts

EPRA NAV

Net Asset Value adjusted to include properties and 
other investment interest at fair value and to exclude 
certain items not expected to crystallise in a long-term 
investment property business model

EPRA NNNAV

EPRA NAV adjusted to include the fair values of (i) 
financial instruments, (ii) debt and (iii) deferred taxes

EPRA NET INITIAL 
YIELD

EPRA ‘TOPPED-
UP’ NIY

Annualised rental income based on the cash rents 
passing at the balance sheet date, less non-recoverable 
property operating expenses, divided by the market 
value of the property with (estimated) purchasers’ costs

This measure incorporates an adjustment to the 
ERA NIY in respect of the expiration of rent-free-
periods (or other unexpired lease incentives such as 
discounted rent periods and stepped rents)

EPRA Earnings per share  
(basic and diluted)

7.8p

5.6p

Adjusted Earnings

£30,987,000 

£27,938,000 

EPRA Earnings per share  
(basic and diluted)

7.8p

7.5p

EPRA Net Asset Value

£486,280,000 

£430,486,000 

EPRA NAV per share 
(diluted)

112.7p

115.5p

EPRA NNNAV

£475,135,000 

£429,279,000 

EPRA NNNAV per share 
(diluted)

EPRA Net Initial Yield 

110.1p

6.2%

115.1p

6.5%

EPRA ‘Topped-up’  
Net Initial Yield 

6.9%

6.6%

EPRA VACANCY 
RATE

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of vacancy space 
divided by ERV of the whole portfolio

EPRA Vacancy Rate

EPRA COSTS 
RATIO

Administrative & operating costs (including & 
excluding costs of direct vacancy) divided by gross 
rental income

EPRA Costs Ratio

EPRA Costs Ratio (excluding 
direct vacancy costs)

10.6%

31.6%

18.7%

10.6%

40.1%

29.9%

EPRA BPR Awards

2019
The Company was pleased to be recognised by the EPRA for a 
second consecutive year and be granted its first EPRA BPR Gold 
Award in respect of the Company’s exceptional compliance with 
EPRA’s Best Practices Recommendations for financial reporting of 
listed property companies. 

2018
In 2018, the Company was awarded its first EPRA BPR Award at 
Silver level and Most Improved Award for compliance with the 
EPRA Best Practices Recommendations for financial reporting. 

M

O
S

T

I

M

P

R O V

D

R

A

W
A

D

E

136

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
Notes to the calculation of EPRA performance measures

1. EPRA earnings 
For calculations, please refer to note 12 to the financial statements.

2. EPRA NAV

NAV per the financial statements

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liability

EPRA NAV

Dilutive number of shares

EPRA NAV per share

3. EPRA NNNAV

EPRA NAV

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

Adjustment for the fair value of debt:

Bank and loan borrowings

ZDP Shares

Retail eligible bonds

Deferred tax liability

EPRA NNNAV

Dilutive number of shares

EPRA NAV per share

137

31 December
2019
£’000

483,728

1,816

736

486,280

431,506,583

112.7p

31 December
2019
£’000

486,280

(1,816)

(7,019)

–

(2,574)

(737)

475,134

431,506,583

110.1p

31 December
2018
£’000

429,515

337

634

430,486

372,821,136

115.5p

31 December
2018
£’000

430,486

(337)

–

666

(902)

(634)

429,279

372,821,136

115.1p

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019EPRA Performance Measures (continued)

4. EPRA Net Initial Yield 
Calculated as the value of investment properties divided by annualised net rents:

Investment properties

Annualised cash passing rental income

Property outgoings

Annualised net rents

Add notional rent expiration of rent free periods or other lease incentives

Topped-up net annualised rent

EPRA NIY

EPRA topped up NIY

5. EPRA Vacancy Rate 

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of vacant space

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of whole portfolio

EPRA Vacancy Rate

6. EPRA Cost Ratios

Property costs

Less ground rent

Less recoverable service charge income and other similar costs

Add administrative and other expenses

EPRA costs (including direct vacancy costs)

Direct vacancy costs

EPRA costs (excluding direct vacancy costs)

Gross rental income

Less recoverable service charge income and other similar items

Less ground rent 

Gross rental income less ground rents

EPRA Cost Ratio (including direct vacancy costs)

EPRA Cost Ratio (excluding direct vacancy costs)

138

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

787,915

57,067

5,104

51,962

6,157

58,119

6.2%

6.9%

718,375  

54,710  

(4,650) 

50,060  

443  

50,503  

6.5%

6.6%

31 December
2019
£’000

7,853

73,897

10.6%

31 December
2018
£’000

7,128

67,042

10.6%

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

20,681

–

(11,252)

10,904

20,333

(8,312)

12,021

75,645

(11,252)

–

64,393

31.6%

18.7%

19,644  

(662) 

(11,944) 

17,586  

24,624  

(6,240) 

18,384  

74,019  

(11,944) 

(661) 

61,414  

40.1%

29.9%

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019It should be noted that the EPRA costs in the above calculations include the performance fee cost for the period of £nil (year ended 
31 December 2018: £7,046,000). The EPRA cost ratio excluding the performance fee from costs would be as follows:

EPRA Cost Ratio (including direct vacancy costs)

EPRA Cost Ratio (excluding direct vacancy costs)

31.6%

18.7%

28.6%

18.5%

The Group has not capitalised any overhead or operating expenses in the accounting years disclosed above.

Property Related Capital Expenditure Analysis

Acquisitions

Subsequent capital expenditure

Total capital expenditure

31 December
2019
£’000

89,920

5,527

95,685

31 December
2018
£’000

76,334

6,979

83,313

Acquisitions – this represents the purchase cost of investment properties and associated incidental purchase expenses such as stamp duty land 
tax, legal fees, agents’ fees, valuations and surveys. 

Subsequent capital expenditure - this represents capital expenditure which has taken place post the initial acquisition of an investment 
property.

139

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Glossary of Terms

AIC – Association of Investment Companies. A trade body for closed-
end investment companies (www.theaic.co.uk).

AIF – Alternative Investment Fund.

AIFMD – Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive. Issued by 
the European Parliament in 2012 and 2013, the Directive requires 
the Company to appoint an Alternative Investment Fund Manager 
(AIFM). The Board of Directors of a closed-ended investment 
company nevertheless remains fully responsible for all aspects of the 
Company’s strategy, operations and compliance with regulations.

AIFM – Alternative Investment Fund Manager. The entity which 
ensures the Company complies with the AIFMD. The Company’s AIFM 
is Toscafund Asset Management LLP.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) – APMs are key performance 
indicators used by the Board to assess the Company’s performance. 

Board – the Board of Directors of the Company.

Borrowings – aggregate amount of total drawn bank facilities and the 
retail eligible bond.

Break Option – a clause in a lease which provides the landlord or tenant 
with an ability to terminate the lease before its contractual expiry date.

CAPEX – capital expenditure relates to spend used by the 
organisation to maintain or upgrade physical assets. 

Company – Regional REIT Limited (Company Number 60527).

Company Adjusted Earnings – a company specific earnings measure 
which adds back the performance fee charged in the accounts to 
EPRA Earnings.

Core Property – stable income properties with low risk. 

Core Plus Property – growth and income properties with the ability to 
increase cash flows through asset management initiatives. 

Directors – the Directors of the Company whose names are set out on 
pages 64 and 65.

EPC – Energy Performance Certificate.

EPRA Cost Ratio – ratio of overheads and operating expenses against 
gross rental income. Net overheads and operating expenses relate to 
all administrative and operating expenses including the share of joint 
ventures’ overheads and operating expenses, net of any service fees, 
recharges or other income specifically intended to cover overhead 
and property expenses.

EPRA – European Public Real Estate Association, a real estate industry 
body, which has issued Best Practice Recommendations to provide 
consistency and transparency in real estate financial reporting across 
Europe.

EPRA Earnings – profit after taxation excluding investments and 
development property revaluations and gains/losses on disposals, 
changes in the fair value of financial instruments and associated 
close-out costs and their related taxation.

EPRA Net Asset Value (EPRA NAV) – IFRS assets excluding the 
mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt 
instruments and deferred taxation revaluations. 

EPRA Triple NAV (EPRA NNNAV) – EPRA net assets adjusted 
to include deferred tax liabilities and the fair values of financial 
instruments and debt.

EPRA Net Initial Yield – annualised rental income based on the 
cash rents passing at the balance sheet date, less non-recoverable 
property operating expenses, divided by the market value of the 
property with (estimated) purchasers’ costs.

EPRA “Topped Up” Net Initial Yield – this measure incorporates an 
adjustment to the ERA NIY in respect of the expiration of rent-free-
periods (or other unexpired lease incentives such as discounted rent 
periods and stepped rents).

EPRA Total Return – the movement in EPRA NAV plus the dividend 
distributions paid during the period expressed as a percentage of the 
share price at the beginning of the period.

EPRA Vacancy Rate – occupancy expressed as a percentage being the 
ERV of vacant space divided by ERV of the whole portfolio. Vacancy 
Rate should only be calculated for all completed properties, but 
excluding those properties which are under development.

EPRA Occupancy Rate – occupancy expressed as a percentage 
being the ERV of let space divided by ERV of the whole portfolio. 
Occupancy Rate should only be calculated for all completed 
properties, but excluding those properties which are under 
development.

Equivalent Yield – weighted average of the initial yield and 
reversionary yield, representing the return that a property will 
produce based on the occupancy data of the tenant leases. 

Estimated Rental Value (ERV) or Market Rent (MR) – external valuers’ 
opinion as to what the open market rental value of the property is on 
the valuation date and which could reasonably be expected to be the 
rent obtainable on a new letting of that property on the valuation date.

External Valuer – independent external valuer of a property. The 
Company’s external valuer is Cushman & Wakefield.

Fair Value Adjustment – accounting adjustment to change the book 
value of an asset or liability to its market value.

Gross Asset Value – the aggregate value of the total assets of the 
Company as determined in accordance with the accounting principles 
adopted by the Company from time to time.

Gross Investment Property Assets – investment properties 
encompassing the entire property portfolio of freehold and leasehold 
assets. 

Gross Rental Income – See Rent Roll.

Gross Loan-to-Value (LTV) Ratio – (Borrowings)/(Investment 
Properties Value), expressed as a percentage.

Group – Regional REIT Limited and its subsidiaries.

IAS – an international accounting standard established by the 
International Accounting Standards Board.

ISA – Individual Savings Account.

IPO – Initial Public Offering. The Company’s admission to the London 
Stock Exchange was on 6 November 2015.

140

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Law – The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as amended

Prospectus – the Company’s prospectus issued on 5 December 2017.

Lease – legally binding contract between a landlord and a tenant 
which sets out the basis on which the tenant is permitted to occupy a 
property, including the lease length.

Lease Incentive – payment used to encourage a tenant to take on a 
new lease, for example a landlord paying a tenant a sum of money 
to contribute to the cost of a tenant’s fit-out of a property or by 
allowing a rent-free period.

Lease Re-gear – renegotiation of a lease during the term and often linked 
to another lease event, for example a Break Option or Rent Review.

Lease Renewal – renegotiation of a lease with the existing tenant at 
its contractual expiry.

Lease Surrender – agreement whereby the landlord and tenant bring 
a lease to an end other than by contractual expiry or the exercise 
of a Break Option. This will frequently involve the negotiation of a 
surrender premium by one party to the other.

Mark-to-Market (MTM) – difference between the book value of an 
asset or liability and its market value.

Manager(s) – the Company’s external Asset and Property Manager 
is London & Scottish Property Investment Management Limited. Its 
external Investment Manager is Toscafund Asset Management LLP.

Net Asset Value (NAV) (or Shareholders’ Funds) – the value of the 
investments and other assets of an investment company, plus cash 
and debtors, less borrowings and any other creditors. It represents 
the underlying value of an investment company at a point in time.

Net Debt – total cash and cash equivalents less short- and long-term 
debt.

Net Gearing – (Borrowings – cash and cash equivalents)/(Total Issued 
Shares + Retained Earnings).

Net Loan-to-Value (LTV) Ratio – (Borrowings – less cash)/
(Investment Properties Value) expressed as percentage.

Ordinary Resolution – a resolution passed by more than 50% 
majority in accordance with the Companies Law.

Occupancy Percentage – percentage of the total area of all properties 
and units currently let to tenants.

Over Rented – when the Contracted Rent is higher than the ERV. 

Ongoing Charges – a measure, expressed as a percentage of NAV, of 
the regular, recurring costs of running an investment company which 
is calculated in line with AIC methodology.

Passing Rent – the rent that is payable at any particular time, allowing 
for lease incentives. This phrase is often used for Contracted Rent.

Property Income Distributions (PID) – profits from property related 
business distributed to Shareholders which are subject to tax in the 
hands of the Shareholders as property income. PIDs are normally paid 
net of withholding tax, currently at 20%, which the REIT pays to the tax 
authorities on behalf of the Shareholder. Certain types of Shareholder 
(i.e., pension funds) are tax exempt and receive PIDs without 
withholding tax. Property companies also pay out normal dividends, 
called non-PIDs, which are treated as not subject to withholding tax. 

141

REIT – a qualifying entity which has elected to be treated as Real 
Estate Investment Trust for tax purposes. In the UK such entities must 
be listed on a recognised stock exchange, must be predominantly 
engaged in property investments activities and must meet certain 
ongoing qualifications as set out under section 705 E of the Finance 
Act 2013.

Rent Review – periodic review of rent during the term of a lease, as 
provided for within a lease agreement.

Rent Roll – is the contracted gross property rent receivable which 
becomes payable after tenant incentives in the letting have expired.

Reversion – expected increase in rent estimated by the Company’s 
External Valuers, where the passing rent is below the ERV. The 
increases to rent arise on rent reviews and lettings.

Reversionary Yield – anticipated yield, excluding lease expiry, to 
which the Net Initial Yield will rise (or fall) once the rent reaches the 
Estimated Rental Value. ERV/Investment Properties Value expressed 
as a percentage.

Shares – Ordinary Shares issued by the Company. 

Shareholder – a holder of shares in the Company.

SIPP – self-invested personal pension.

SSAS – small self–administered scheme.

Total Shareholder Return – the movement in the share price, plus 
the dividend distributions received and reinvested in the period, 
expressed as percentage of the share price at the beginning of the 
period.

Triple Net Initial Yield (NNNIY) – (Annualised current passing rent 
net of property related taxes, building insurance, and maintenance 
costs (the three “nets”))/(Investment Properties Value).

Weighted Average Unexpired Lease Term (WAULT) – is the average 
lease term remaining to first break, or expiry, across the portfolio 
weighted by rental income (including rent-free). 

Weighted Average Debt to Maturity (WAD) – each tranche of Group 
debt is multiplied by the remaining period to its maturity and the 
result is divided by total Group debt in issue at the period end. 

Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate – the Group’s loan interest 
and hedging derivative costs per annum divided by total Group debt 
in issue at the period end.

Weighted Average Cost of Debt (WACD) – Group borrowings interest 
and net derivative costs per annum at the period end, divided by total 
Group debt in issue at the period end.

Weighted Average Debt Duration (WADD) – is calculated by 
multiplying each tranche of Group debt by the remaining period to 
its maturity, with the sum of the results being divided by total Group 
debt in issue at the period end.

Yield Compression – occurs when the net equivalent yield of a 
property decreases, measured in basis points.

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019AIFMD Disclosure 

The Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive requires 
certain information to be made available to investors in Alternative 
Investment Funds before they invest and requires that material 
changes to this information be disclosed in the annual report of each 
AIF. Those disclosures that are required to be made pre-investment 
are included within the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) Prospectus and 
subsequent equity capital raise prospectuses, which can be found on 
the Group’s website at: www.regionalreit.com. 

Management agreement
With effect from 6 November 2015, the Company appointed London 
& Scottish Investments Limited. as Asset Manager. Following an 
internal restructure at London and Scottish Investments Limited, the 
Asset Manager agreement has been assigned to London and Scottish 
Property Investment Management Limited (“LSPIM”). Toscafund 
Asset Management LLP (“Toscafund” or the “AIFM”) was appointed 
as the Investment Manager. LSPIM and Toscafund each receive half of 
an annual management fee on a scaled rate of 1.1 % of the EPRA net 
asset value up to £500m and 0.9% above £500m. A performance fee 
may also be paid to LSPIM and Toscafund.

Toscafund was authorised as an Alternative Investment Fund 
Manager (“AIFM”), by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority on 
21 July 2014. The AIFM has implemented a remuneration policy (the 
“Policy”), which is effective as of 21 July 2014. The aggregate amount 
of remuneration in respect of the Company of senior management 
and members of staff of the AIFM whose actions have a material 
impact on the operations of Regional REIT Limited during the 
period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019 was £3,650,400 (2018: 
£3,027,376).

Continuing appointment of the AIFM
The Board continually reviews the performance of the AIFM. The 
Board, through its Management Engagement and Remuneration 
Committee, has considered the performance of the AIFM and the 
terms of its engagement. It is the opinion of the Board that the 
continuing appointment of the AIFM on the terms agreed is in 
the interests of Shareholders as a whole. The Board believe that 
by calculating the management fee on the basis of EPRA NAV, 
the interests of the AIFM are closely aligned with those of the 
Shareholders.

Principal risks and uncertainties
An explanation of the principal risks and how they are managed and 
the policy and practice with respect to financial instruments are 
contained in note 30 on pages 128 to 131. 

Leverage 
Leverage is defined in the AIFMD as any method by which the 
Group increases its exposure, whether through borrowing of cash 
or securities, or leverage embedded in derivative positions or by any 
other means. 

Leverage has been measured in terms of the Group’s exposure and is 
expressed as a ratio of net asset value. The AIFMD requires this ratio 
to be calculated in accordance with both the Gross Method and the 
Commitment Method. Details of these methods of calculation can be 
found by referring to the AIFMD. In summary, these methods express 
leverage as a ratio of the exposure of debt, non-sterling currency, 
equity or currency hedging and derivatives exposure against the 
net asset value. The principal difference between the two methods 
is that the Commitment Method enables derivative instruments to 
be netted off to reflect hedging arrangements and the exposure is 
effectively reduced, while the Gross Method aggregates the exposure.

The AIFMD introduced a requirement for the AIFM to set maximum 
levels of leverage for the Group. The Company’s AIFM has set a 
maximum limit of 400 for both the Gross and Commitment Methods 
of calculating leverage.

At 31 December 2019, this gives the following figures:

Leverage 
Exposure

Maximum 

Actual

Gross 
Method

400

188

Commitment 
Method

400

196

In accordance with the AIFMD, any changes to the maximum level 
of leverage set by the Group will be communicated via the Group’s 
website to the Shareholders.

142

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Company Information

Directors
Kevin McGrath (Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director)

William Eason (Senior Independent Non-Executive Director Management Engagement and Remuneration Committee Chairman)

Daniel Taylor (Independent Non-Executive Director)

Frances Daley (Independent Non-Executive Director Audit Committee Chairman)

Stephen Inglis (Non-Executive Director)

Timothy Bee (Non-Executive Director)

Registered office 
Regional REIT Limited
Mont Crevelt House 
Bulwer Avenue 
St. Sampson 
Guernsey 
GY2 4LH

Company Secretary 
Link Company Matters Limited
Beaufort House  
51 New North Road  
Exeter  
Devon  
EX4 4EP

Asset Manager 
London & Scottish Property Investment 
Management Limited
Venlaw 
349 Bath Street 
Glasgow 
G2 4AA

Investment Manager 
Toscafund Asset Management LLP
7th Floor 
90 Long Acre 
London 
WC2E 9RA

Financial Adviser and Joint Broker
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House 
120 London Wall 
London 
EC2Y 5ET

Legal Adviser to the Company 
Macfarlanes LLP
20 Cursitor Street 
London 
EC4A 1LT

Depositary 
Estera Depositary (UK) Limited
27-28 Eastcastle Street 
London 
W1W 8DH

Administrator 
Jupiter Fund Services Limited 
Mont Crevelt House  
Bulwer Avenue  
St. Sampson  
Guernsey  
GY2 4LH

Sub-Administrator 
Link Alternative Fund Administrators 
Limited 
Beaufort House  
51 New North Road  
Exeter  
Devon  
EX4 4EP

Independent Auditor 
RSM UK Audit LLP 
25 Farringdon Street 
London 
EC4A 4AB

Registrar 
Link Market Services (Guernsey) Limited
The Registry  
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU

Public Relations
Buchanan Communications Limited 
107 Cheapside  
London 
EC2V 6DN

Property Valuers
Cushman & Wakefield Debenham  
Tie Leung Limited (trading as  
Cushman & Wakefield)
125 Old Broad Street 
London 
EC2N 2BQ

Tax Adviser
Grant Thornton UK LLP
110 Queen Street 
Glasgow 
GI 3BX

Regional REIT Limited
ISIN:
GG00BYV2ZQ34 

SEDOL: 
BYV2ZQ3

Legal Entity Identifier:
549300D8G4NKLRIKBX73

Company website
www.regionalreit.com 

143

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Forthcoming Events

Q1 2020 Trading Update

2020 Annual General Meeting                                     

2020 Interim Results Announcement

Q3 2020 Trading Update

21 May 2020

TBC

17 September 2020

12 November 2020

Note: all future dates are provisional and subject to change.

Shareholder Information

Share Register enquiries: Link Asset Services 
For any questions about:

•  Changing your address or other details

•  Questions about your shares

•  Buying and selling shares

Phone: 0371 664 0300

Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable 
international rate. The Registrar is open between 09:00 and 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales. For 
Shareholder enquiries please email shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.

144

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Dividend History

Year Period  Announcement date Ex-date

Record date

Payment date

2019

2018

2017

2016

Q4  27 February 2020

5 March 2020

6 March 2020

9 April 2020

Q3 

14 November 2019

21 November 2019

22 November 2019

19 December 2019

Q2 

29 August 2019

5 September 2019

6 September 2019

15 October 2019

Q1 

23 May 2019

6 June 2019

7 June 2019

12 July 2019

Q4

21 February 2019

28 February 2019

1 March 2019

11 April 2019

Q3 

15 November 2018

22 November 2018

23 November 2018

21 December 2018

Q2  31 August 2018

13 September 2018

14 September 2018

15 October 2018

Q1 

17 May 2018

24 May 2018

25 May 2018

13 July 2018

Q4

22 February 2018

1 March 2018

2 March 2018

12 April 2017

Q3 

14 November 2017

23 November 2017

24 November 2017

22 December 2017

Q2  31 August 2017

7 September 2017

8 September 2017

13 October 2017

Q1 

25 May 2017

8 June 2017

9 June 2017

14 July 2017

Q4

23 February 2017

2 March 2017

3 March 2017

13 April 2017

Q3 

17 November 2016

24 November 2016

25 November 2016

22 December 2016

Q2 

1 September 2016

8 September 2020

9 September 2016

7 October 2016

Q1 

27 May 2016

9 June 2016

10 June 2016

8 July 2016

2015

7 March 2016

17 March 2016

18 March 2016

15 April 2016

Total dividend 
Pence per share

2.55pps entirely PID

1.90pps entirely PID

1.90pps entirely PID

1.90pps entirely PID

2.50pps entirely PID

1.85pps entirely PID

1.85pps entirely PID

1.85pps entirely PID

2.45pps
of which PID: 2.205pps
of which non-PID: 0.245pps

1.80pps
of which PID: 1.62pps
of which non PID: 0.18pps

1.80pps
of which PID: 1.08pps
of which non-PID: 0.72pps

1.80pps
of which PID: 1.26pps
of which non-PID: 0.54pps

2.40pps
of which PID: 2.1600pps
of which non-PID: 0.2400pps

1.75pps
of which PID: 1.6345pps
of which non-PID: 0.1155pps

1.75pps
of which PID: 1.5013pps
of which non-PID: 0.2487pps

1.75pps
of which PID: 1.3579pps
of which non-PID: 0.3921pps

1.00pps
of which PID: 0.6572pps
of which non-PID: 0.3428pps

145

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes

146

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes

147

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Notes

148

Annual Report and Accountsfor the year ended 31 December 2019Mont Crevelt House, Bulwer Avenue,  St. Sampson, Guernsey GY2 4LHwww.regionalreit.com